MY CY Owner’s ManualEmblem, and XT5 are trademarks and/ or service marks of General Motors LLC,...

23194213 B

XT5Owner’s Manual

2017 X

T5

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Cadillac_XT5_23194213B.ai 1 4/21/2016 12:21:16 PM2k17_Cadillac_XT5_23194213B.ai 1 4/21/2016 12:21:16 PM

Cadillac XT5 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9659146) - 2017 - crc - 4/26/16

CONTENTS Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . 26

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . 108

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 323

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . 349

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362


2 INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

The names, logos, emblems, slogans,vehicle model names, and vehicle bodydesigns appearing in this manualincluding, but not limited to, GM, theGM logo, CADILLAC, the CADILLACEmblem, and XT5 are trademarks and/or service marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “General Motorsof Canada Company” for CadillacMotor Car Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, country specifications,features/applications that may not beavailable in your region, or changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner manual.

Refer to the purchase documentationrelating to your specific vehicle toconfirm the features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

CANADIAN VEHICLEOWNERSA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ceguide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

USING THIS MANUALTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in the backof the manual. It is an alphabetical listof what is in the manual and the pagenumber where it can be found.

DANGER, WARNING, ANDCAUTIONWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will result inserious injury or death.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23194213 B Second Printing ©2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


INTRODUCTION 3

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let thishappen.”

SYMBOLSThe vehicle has components and labelsthat use symbols instead of text.Symbols are shown along with the text

describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message, gauge,or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

* : Shown when the service manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols thatmay be found on the vehicle and whatthey mean. For more information onthe symbol, refer to the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls orOnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

I : Certified Technician

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

h : Start/Stop

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor


4 INTRODUCTION

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


IN BRIEF 5

IN BRIEF

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . . . . . 12Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . 15Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 18Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . 20Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . 22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


6 IN BRIEF

INSTRUMENT PANEL

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW


IN BRIEF 7

1. Air Vents 0 177.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 162.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals 0 165.

3. Tap Shift Controls. See ManualMode 0 201.

4. Instrument Cluster (Base LevelCluster) 0 117 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel Cluster) 0 119.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 110.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112.

6. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 190.

7. Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 219.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)Button. See Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 219.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 164.

9. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 165.

10. Infotainment 0 169.

11. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 61 (If Equipped).

12. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

13. MODE Switch. See Driver ModeControl 0 208.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 206.

All-Wheel Drive 0 202 (IfEquipped).

14. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 198.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 109.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135.

16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 109.

17. Horn 0 110.

18. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 233 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 109 (IfEquipped).

19. Cruise Control 0 209.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 211 (IfEquipped).

Phone Button. See Steering WheelControls 0 109.

20. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 109(Out of View).

21. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 138 (IfEquipped).

22. Hood Release. See Hood 0 249.

Data Link Connector (DLC) (Outof View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 127.

23. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 166.

24. Electric Parking Brake 0 204.


8 IN BRIEF

INITIAL DRIVEINFORMATIONThis section provides a brief overviewabout some of the important featuresthat may or may not be on yourspecific vehicle.

For more detailed information, refer toeach of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

STOP/START SYSTEMThe vehicle is equipped with a fuelsaving stop/start system to shut offthe engine and help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pushed, the engine will restart.

See Starting the Engine 0 192.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY(RKE) SYSTEMThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may be used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Q : Press to lock all doors and the fueldoor, if equipped.

K : Press to unlock the driver door orall doors depending on the vehiclepersonalization settings.

The fuel door will also be unlocked,if equipped.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for three seconds tosound the panic alarm. Press again tocancel.

b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate. Press once to stopthe liftgate from moving.

Press the key release button near thebottom of the transmitter to removethe key. The key can be used for thedriver door and the glove box.

See Keys 0 26 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

REMOTE VEHICLE STARTIf equipped, the engine can be startedfrom outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.


IN BRIEF 9

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one of thefollowing:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.

DOOR LOCKS

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin range. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in the driverdoor. The key cylinder is covered by acap. See Door Locks 0 35.

From the inside, push down on thedoor lock knob at the rear of the door.To unlock a door, pull once on thedoor handle to unlock it, and again toopen it.

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

From inside, press Q or K. See PowerDoor Locks 0 37.


10 IN BRIEF

LIFTGATE

Power Liftgate Operation

The power liftgate switch is on thedriver door. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

Choose the power liftgate mode by

selecting MAX or 3/4. Press8 onthe driver door. The driver door mustbe unlocked. On the RKE transmitter

pressb twice quickly until theliftgate starts moving.

Press any liftgate button while theliftgate is moving to stop it. Pressingagain reverses the direction.

To close, pressl on the bottom ofthe liftgate next to the pull cup.

To disable the power liftgate function,select OFF on the liftgate switch. SeeLiftgate 0 38.

WINDOWS

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up to raise it.See Power Windows 0 50.

SEAT ADJUSTMENT

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicleif you try to adjust a driver seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Adjustthe driver seat only when thevehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.


IN BRIEF 11

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, see RecliningSeatbacks 0 58.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 58.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibration in thedriver seat to help the driver avoidcrashes. See Driver AssistanceSystems 0 219.

MEMORY FEATURES

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door areused to manually store and recallmemory settings for the driver seat.The driver memory buttons also storeoutside mirror, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column positions.

When Auto Memory Recall is enabledin the personalization menu, positionspreviously stored to memory buttons1 and 2 are recalled when the ignitionis changed from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

When Easy Exit Options is enabled inthe personalization menu, the featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored exit positionwhen exiting the vehicle.

See Memory Seats 0 59 and VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

SECOND ROW SEATS

Rear Seat Adjustment

The second row seats slide forward formore room.

To adjust the seat position, lift thelever below the seat cushion and slidethe seat forward or backward.


12 IN BRIEF

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded for more cargo space.

See Rear Seats 0 62.

HEATED AND VENTILATEDSEATS

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.

PressI or+ to heat the driver orpassenger seatback only.

PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights above the buttonsindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the frontheated seats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 61.

HEAD RESTRAINTADJUSTMENTDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatback reclineangle as little as necessary whilekeeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the proper position.

See Head Restraints 0 55 and RecliningSeatbacks 0 58.

SAFETY BELTS

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 65.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 66.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 91.


IN BRIEF 13

PASSENGER SENSINGSYSTEM

United States and Canada

Mexico

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag under certainconditions. No other airbag is affectedby the passenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 78.

The passenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.

MIRROR ADJUSTMENT

Exterior Mirror

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 46.

Interior Mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind your vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

If equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started.

Rear Camera Mirror

If equipped, this automatic dimmingrearview mirror provides a wide anglecamera view of the area behind thevehicle. Adjust the mirror with the tabpushed forward so that the display isoff. See Rear Camera Mirror 0 48.


14 IN BRIEF

STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENTPower Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.

INTERIOR LIGHTINGDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off the domelamps when a door is open. Anindicator light on the button will turnon when the dome lamp override is

activated. Pressj OFF again todeactivate this feature and theindicator light will turn off. The domelamps will come on when doors areopened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear reading lampson the overhead console and over therear passenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when any dooris opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Press the lamp lenses on the frontreading lamps.


IN BRIEF 15

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 166.

EXTERIOR LIGHTING

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps. Theknob returns to the AUTO position

after it is released. Turn to O again toreactivate the AUTO mode.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 162.

. Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals 0 165.

WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER

Windshield Wiper with Rainsense(AUTO Shown), If Equipped

Windshield Wiper without Rainsense(INT Shown)

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN/START, move the lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.


16 IN BRIEF

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense™,use this setting for intermittent wipeswhen Rainsense is disabled,or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense isenabled. For intermittent wipes, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO.Turn the band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequent wipes.

When Rainsense is enabled, move thewindshield wiper lever to AUTO. Turnthe band to adjust the sensitivity tomoisture to the desired level.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

INT : If equipped with Intermittentwipers only, move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn the band upfor more frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes, holdthe lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 110and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112.


IN BRIEF 17

CLIMATE CONTROLSThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the heating,cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped)

4. Rear Window Defogger

5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. Rear (Rear Climate Control TouchScreen)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

8. Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls


18 IN BRIEF

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170 and Rear Climate ControlSystem 0 175 (if equipped).

TRANSMISSION

Tap Shift

If equipped, Tap Shift allows you toshift an automatic transmissionsimilar to a manual transmission. Touse the Tap Shift feature:

1. When in D (Drive), pull back onthe shift lever to enterM (Manual Mode).

2. Use Tap Shift to manually shiftthe automatic transmission.

3. To exit, pull back on the shiftlever a second time.

See Manual Mode 0 201.

VEHICLE FEATURES

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEMSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.

STEERING WHEELCONTROLSThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering Wheel Controls"in the infotainment manual.

CRUISE CONTROL

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.


IN BRIEF 19

SET− : Press briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If thecruise control is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−to the first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

See Cruise Control 0 209 or AdaptiveCruise Control 0 211 (if equipped).

DRIVER INFORMATIONCENTER (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to go to the previousor next selection.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in the cluster.

Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu or select amenu item. Press and hold to resetvalues on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 135.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT (FCA) SYSTEMIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused by front-endcrashes. FCA provides a green

indicator,V, when a vehicle isdetected ahead. This indicator displaysamber if you follow a vehicle much tooclosely. When approaching a vehicleahead too quickly, FCA provides aflashing red alert on the windshieldand rapidly beeps or pulses thedriver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225.

FORWARD AUTOMATICBRAKING (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automatically


20 IN BRIEF

brake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 228.

FRONT PEDESTRIANBRAKING (FPB) SYSTEMIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays an amber

indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrianis detected directly ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestrian tooquickly, FPB provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat. FPBcan provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 229.

LANE KEEP ASSIST (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gently

turning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alertas the lane marking is crossed. Thesystem will not assist or alert if itdetects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 233 and Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 233.

LANE CHANGE ALERT (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in the sideblind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirror andwill flash if the turn signal is on. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 231and Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 231.

SURROUND VISIONIf equipped, views around the vehicledisplay on the center stack to aid withparking and low-speed maneuvers.

See “Surround Vision” under AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing 0 219.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area in frontof the vehicle displays on the centerstack to aid with parking andlow-speed maneuvers.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 219.

REAR VISIONCAMERA (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view of thearea behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when the vehicleis shifted into R (Reverse) to aid withparking and low-speed backingmaneuvers.


IN BRIEF 21

See Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 219.

REAR CROSS TRAFFICALERT (RCTA) SYSTEMIf equipped, the RCTA system uses atriangle with an arrow displayed onthe RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


PARKING ASSISTIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist (RPA)uses sensors on the rear bumper toassist with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse). It operatesat speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).RPA may display a warning triangle onthe Rear Vision Camera screen and agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seat pulsesmay occur if very close to an object.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


AUTOMATIC PARKINGASSIST (APA)If equipped, the APA system helps tosearch for and maneuver the vehicleinto parallel or perpendicular parkingspots using automatic steering, DICdisplays, and beeps. When the vehiclespeed is below 30 km/h (18 mph),

pressO to enable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist (APA)”under Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 219.

REVERSE AUTOMATICBRAKING (RAB)If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the RABsystem, which is designed to helpavoid or reduce the harm caused bybacking crashes when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). If the systemdetects the vehicle is backing too fast

to avoid a crash with a detected objectbehind your vehicle in your path, itmay automatically brake hard toa stop.


POWER OUTLETSThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessory poweroutlets, one on the lower center floorconsole and in the rear cargo area.


22 IN BRIEF

Lift the cover to access the accessorypower outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 114.

UNIVERSAL REMOTESYSTEM

If available, this system provides a wayto replace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activate devicessuch as garage door openers, securitysystems, and home automationdevices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Because ofthe steps involved, it may be helpful to

have another person available to assistyou with programming the UniversalRemote system.

See Universal Remote System 0 159.

SUNROOFIf equipped, the ignition must be inON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or inRetained Accessory Power (RAP) tooperate the sunroof. See IgnitionPositions 0 190 and Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 195.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Express Operation : Press and

releasee (1) to vent. Press andrelease again to express-open. Pressthe switch at any time to stop

movement. Pressg (1) toexpress-close.

Sunroof Manual Operation : Thesunroof can change to manual mode

by holdinge (1) while opening. Thesunroof will now open as long as theswitch is held. Press and release againto change back to express operation.

Power Sunshade : PressC (2) to

express-open the sunshade. Pressg(2) to express-close the sunshade.Press the switch again to stopmovement.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has an electricalfailure.

The sunroof/sunshade is equippedwith an automatic reversal system. SeeSunroof 0 52.


IN BRIEF 23

PERFORMANCE ANDMAINTENANCE

TRACTION CONTROL/ELECTRONIC STABILITYCONTROLThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turns onautomatically every time the vehicle isstarted.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem also turns on automaticallyevery time the vehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press and releaseY on the center console behind

the shift lever. i comes on in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 148.

. To turn off both TCS and

StabiliTrak, press and holdYuntil i and g come on in theinstrument cluster and the

appropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 148.

. Press and releaseY again to turnon both systems.

See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 206.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss in pressureof one of the vehicle's tires. If thewarning light comes on, stop as soonas possible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 186. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that the tirepressures are getting low and the tiresneed to be inflated to the properpressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 285.

FUEL

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle. Donot use gasoline with an octane ratinglower as it may result in vehicledamage and lower fuel economy. SeeFuel 0 235.


24 IN BRIEF

E85 OR FLEXFUEL

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

ENGINE OIL LIFE SYSTEMThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is time tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to 100%only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFE onthe DIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135. When

remaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay. See Engine OilMessages 0 144.

2. Press and hold SEL to clear theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage and reset the oil lifeat 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be reset asfollows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 254.

DRIVING FOR BETTER FUELECONOMYDriving habits can affect fuel mileage.Here are some driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible.

. On AWD vehicles, use Tour Modewhen conditions permit.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoid abruptstops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weather conditionsare appropriate, use cruise control.

. Always follow posted speed limitsor drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires with thesame TPC Spec number moldedinto the tire's sidewall nearthe size.


IN BRIEF 25

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

ROADSIDE SERVICEU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438

New Cadillac owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside ServiceProgram.

See Roadside Service 0 342.


26 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS

KEYS, DOORS, ANDWINDOWS

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . 47Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 48Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . 48Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

KEYS AND LOCKS

KEYS

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with aRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could be seriouslyinjured or killed. They could operatethe power windows or othercontrols or make the vehicle move.The windows will function with theRKE transmitter in the vehicle, andchildren or others could be caughtin the path of a closing window. Donot leave children in a vehicle withan RKE transmitter.


KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 27

The key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door and glove box.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key is needed.

Contact Roadside Service if locked outof the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 342.

With an active OnStar subscription, anOnStar Advisor may remotely unlockthe vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 352.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY(RKE) SYSTEMSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 348.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be blocking thesignal.

. Check the transmitter's battery. See“Battery Replacement” later in thissection.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see your dealeror a qualified technician forservice.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY(RKE) SYSTEM OPERATIONThe Keyless Access system allows forvehicle entry when the transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless AccessOperation” following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown, Without Similar

Q : Press to lock all doors. The turnsignal indicators may flash and/or thehorn may sound on the second pressto indicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thedriver door will immediately unlock,if enabled through vehiclepersonalization. If the passenger door

is open when Q is pressed, alldoors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 43.

If equipped, press and hold Q forone second to fold the mirrors. Theauto mirror folding feature will notoperate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

If equipped, pressing Q will also lockthe fuel door.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again within five secondsto unlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See Vehicle Personalization0 151. The turn signal indicators mayflash to indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night, thelights come on briefly to light yourapproach to the vehicle.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 43.

If equipped, press and hold K forone second to unfold the mirrors. Theauto mirror folding feature will notoperate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

If equipped, pressing K will alsounlock the fuel door.

/ : If equipped, press and release Qand then immediately press and hold/ for at least four seconds to startthe engine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 33.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirps three

times. Press and hold 7 forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the turnsignal lamps flash for 30 seconds,

or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.



b : Press twice quickly to open orclose the liftgate.

Press once to stop the liftgate frommoving.

Keyless Access Operation

With the Keyless Access system, youcan lock and unlock the doors andaccess the lifgate without removingthe RKE transmitter from your pocket,purse, briefcase, etc. The RKEtransmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft)of the liftgate or door being opened.

Keyless Access can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first lock/unlock press from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from theDriver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more than five secondssince the first lock/unlock buttonpress.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handle willunlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors tolock if any of the following occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has opened andall doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

With Keyless Access this vehicle willlock several seconds after all doors areclosed if the vehicle is off and at leastone RKE transmitter has beenremoved or none remain in theinterior.

If equipped with a locking fuel door,the fuel door will also lock atthis time.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.



If passive locking is enabled, the doorsmay lock with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle. Do not leave theRKE transmitter in an unattendedvehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive locking by

pressing and holding K on the interiordoor switch with a door open for atleast four seconds, or until threechimes are heard. Passive locking will

then remain disabled until Q on theinterior door is pressed, or until thevehicle is turned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and anRKE transmitter is left in the vehicle,the horn will chirp three times after alldoors are closed. To turn on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Remote No longer in Vehicle

If the vehicle is on, with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitter(s) inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DICwill display NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

To turn on or off, see VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 35.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed tothe vehicle will work. If a transmitteris lost or stolen, a replacement can bepurchased and programmed throughyour dealer.

The vehicle can be reprogrammed sothat lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can have upto eight transmitters matched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can be programmedto the vehicle when there are tworecognized transmitters.

To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 35. Insert thevehicle key of the transmitterinto the key lock cylinder on the



driver door and turn the keycounterclockwise, to the unlockposition, five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats. The storage areawill need to be opened and thestorage tray lifted up to accessthe transmitter pocket.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press the

transmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutes tocomplete. The vehicle must be off andall of the transmitters you wish toprogram must be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylinder capon the driver door handle. SeeDoor Locks 0 35. Insert thevehicle key of the transmitterinto the key lock cylinder on thedriver door handle and turn thekey counterclockwise, to theunlock position, five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DICdisplays PRESS ENGINE STARTBUTTON TO LEARN and thenpress ENGINE START/STOP.

The DIC display will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps.

The DIC display should now showREADY FOR REMOTE # 1.



4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket. Thetransmitter pocket is inside thecenter console storage areabetween the driver and frontpassenger seats. The storage areawill need to be opened and thestorage tray lifted up to accessthe transmitter pocket.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter is learnedthe DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press the

transmitter K or Q button.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When the vehicle is started, if thetransmitter battery is weak, the DICmay display NO REMOTE DETECTEDor NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE. The REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY message may also bedisplayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storagearea and the storage tray.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, do nottouch any of the circuitry on thetransmitter. Static from your bodycould damage the transmitter.



Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY messagedisplays in the DIC.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not use thekey slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive side facingdown. Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

5. Align the front and back housingthen snap the transmittertogether.

6. Reinsert the key.

REMOTE VEHICLE STARTThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside of the vehicle.



/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during a remotestart. The rear defog may come onduring remote start based on coldambient conditions. The rear fogindicator light does not come onduring remote start.

If the vehicle has auto heated orventilated seats they may come onduring a remote start. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check local regulationsfor any requirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 27.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start the doorswill be locked and the parkinglamps will remain on as long asthe engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis put in ON/RUN/START.

3. With the RKE transmitter in thevehicle, press the brake pedal andselect the ON/RUN/STARTignition mode to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutes

Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period is addedon to the first 10 minutes for a total of20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts, or aremote start with an extension, areallowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must be changedto ON/RUN/START and then back toOFF before the remote start procedurecan be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any of thefollowing:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.



Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperature istoo high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts or astart with an extension havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

DOOR LOCKS

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. When a door islocked, the handle will notopen it. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if the doorsare not locked. So, allpassengers should wear safetybelts properly and the doorsshould be locked wheneverthe vehicle is driven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking the doorscan help prevent this fromhappening.

Inside the Vehicle

On the rear of the doors, if equipped,push down on the door lock knob tolock the door manually. Pull once onthe door handle to unlock the doorand again to open the door.

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doors automatically.See Power Door Locks 0 37.

Outside the Vehicle

Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or the key cylinder on thedriver door. The key cylinder iscovered with a cap.



Keyless Access

Use the Keyless Access system to lockand unlock the door. When the doorsare locked and the RKE transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle, press the lock/unlock button.When unlocking from the driver door,the first press unlocks that door; pressagain within five seconds to unlock allpassenger doors. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Key Cylinder Access

To access the key cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle to the openposition.

2. Insert the key into the slot on thebottom of the cap and pryoutward.

3. Move the cap rearward andremove.

To replace the cap:

Pull the door handle open and insertthe tabs (1) on the rear of the cap intothe space between the seal (2) and themetal base (3). Snap into place.



POWER DOOR LOCKS

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

DELAYED LOCKINGThis feature delays the locking of thedoors until five seconds after all doorsare closed.

Delayed locking can only be turned onwhen Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout hasbeen turned off.

When Q is pressed on the power doorlock switch while the door is open, achime will sound three timesindicating delayed locking is active.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors are closed.If a door is reopened before that time,the five-second timer will reset whenall doors are closed again.

Press Q on the door lock switch again

or press Q on the RKE transmitter tolock the doors immediately.

This feature can also be programmed.See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, the ignitionis on, and the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

LOCKOUT PROTECTIONIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN/START and the power doorlock switch is pressed with the driverdoor open, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open, whenall doors are closed the vehicle willcheck for RKE transmitters inside.If an RKE transmitter is detected andthe number of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door open

by pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking is



requested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

SAFETY LOCKSThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. To usethe safety lock:

1. Move the lever down to the lockposition.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activating theinside handle, by pressing thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from the outside.

When the safety lock is enabled, adultsand older children will not be able toopen the rear door from the inside.Cancel the safety locks to enable thedoors to open from the inside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open it fromthe outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock. Dothe same for the other door.

DOORS

LIFTGATE

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicleif it is driven with the liftgate ortrunk/hatch open, or with anyobjects that pass through the sealbetween the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness andeven death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting that bringsin only outside air and set the

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

fan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 197.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Caution

Driving with an open and unsecuredliftgate may result in damage to thepower liftgate components.

If equipped with a power liftgate, theswitch is on the driver door. Thevehicle must be in P (Park).

The modes are:

MAX : Opens to maximum height.

3/4 : Opens to a reduced height thatcan be set from 3/4 to fully open. Useto prevent the liftgate from openinginto overhead obstructions such as a

garage door or roof-mounted cargo.The liftgate can be manually openedall the way.

OFF : Opens manually only.

To power open or close the liftgate,select MAX or 3/4 mode.

. Pressb twice quickly on the RKEtransmitter until the liftgatemoves.

. Press8 on the driver door. Thedriver door must either beunlocked or locked without thesecurity armed.

. Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate handleafter unlocking all doors. The RKEtransmitter must be within1 m (3 ft).



. Pressl on the bottom of theliftgate next to the pull cup toclose.

Press any liftgate button or the touchpad while the liftgate is moving tostop it. Pressing again restarts theoperation in the reverse direction. Thetouch pad on the liftgate handlecannot be used to close the liftgate.

Caution

Manually forcing the liftgate toopen or close during a power cyclecan damage the vehicle. Allow thepower cycle to complete.

The power liftgate may be temporarilydisabled under extreme lowtemperatures, or after repeated powercycling over a short period of time.If this occurs, the liftgate can still beoperated manually.

If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)while the power function is inprogress, the liftgate will continue tocompletion. If the vehicle isaccelerated before the liftgate hascompleted moving, the liftgate maystop or reverse direction. Check forDriver Information Center (DIC)messages and make sure the liftgate isclosed and latched before driving.

Falling Liftgate Detection

The power liftgate will automaticallyclose if the support strut has lostpressure. See your dealer for servicebefore using the power liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacleduring a power open or close cycle, theliftgate will automatically reversedirection and move a short distanceaway from the obstacle. Afterremoving the obstruction, the power

liftgate operation can be used again.If the liftgate encounters multipleobstacles on the same power cycle, thepower function will deactivate. Afterremoving the obstructions, manuallyclose the liftgate which will allownormal power operation functions toresume.

If the vehicle is locked while theliftgate is closing, and an obstacle isencountered that prevents the liftgatefrom completely closing, the horn willsound as an alert that the liftgate didnot close.

Pinch sensors are on the side edges ofthe liftgate. If an object is caughtbetween the liftgate and the vehicleand presses against this sensor, theliftgate will reverse direction and openfully. The liftgate will remain openuntil it is activated again or closedmanually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgatestops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode andpower open the liftgate.



2. Stop the liftgate movement at thedesired height by pressing anyliftgate switch. Manually adjustthe liftgate position if needed.

3. Press and holdl next to thepull cup on the outside of theliftgate until the turn signalsflash and a beep sounds. Thisindicates the setting has beenrecorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below aminimum programmable height.If there is no light flash or sound, thenthe height adjustment may be too low.

Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate theliftgate.

Caution

Attempting to move the liftgate tooquickly and with excessive forcemay result in damage to the vehicle.

Operate the litftgate manually with asmooth motion and moderate speed.The system includes a feature whichlimits the manual closing speed toprotect the components.

To open the liftgate, press K on the

power door lock switch or press K onthe RKE transmitter twice to unlock alldoors. Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate handle andlift up.

Use the pull cup to lower and close theliftgate. Do not press the touch padwhile closing the liftgate. This willcause the liftgate to be unlatched.

The liftgate can be opened whenlocked if the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

The liftgate has an electric latch. If thebattery is disconnected or has lowvoltage, the liftgate will not open. Theliftgate will resume operation whenthe battery is reconnected andcharged.

Hands-Free Operation

If equipped, the liftgate may beoperated with a kicking motion underthe left corner of the rear bumper.

The liftgate will not operate if the RKEtransmitter is not within 1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not workwhile the liftgate is moving. To stopthe liftgate while in motion use one ofthe liftgate switches.



Length of Kick Zone

Kick Zone Direction

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the leftcorner of the rear bumper, then pullit back.

Caution

Splashing water may cause theliftgate to open. Keep the RKEtransmitter away from the rearbumper detection area or turn theliftgate mode to OFF when cleaningor working near the rear bumper toavoid accidental opening.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; the liftgate will notactivate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until ithas stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If the liftgate does not respond tothe kick, open or close the liftgate

by another method or start thevehicle. The feature will bere-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using thisfeature, there will be a short delay. Thetaillamps will flash and a chime willsound. Step away from the liftgatebefore it starts moving.



VEHICLE SECURITYThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured duringthe delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the liftgateis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press the

inside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating the alarm

system is operating. Pressing Qon the RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will not armif the doors are locked with the key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,or the door is not unlocked by

pressing K on the RKE transmitterduring the 10-second pre-alarm, thealarm will be activated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the liftgate, or thehood is opened without first disarmingthe system. When the alarm isactivated, the turn signals flash andthe horn sounds for about 30 seconds.The alarm system will then re-arm tomonitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.



To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after all occupantshave left the vehicle and all doorsare closed.

. Always unlock a door with the RKEtransmitter or use the KeylessAccess system.

Unlocking the driver door with the keywill not disarm the system or turn offthe alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, thealarm was activated while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm system has beenactivated, a message will appear on theDIC. See Security Messages 0 149.

Power Sounder, InclinationSensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have an inclinationsensor, an intrusion sensor, and powersounder.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm that is different fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its own powersource, and can sound an alarm whenthe vehicle’s battery is compromised.

The inclination sensor can set off thealarm if it senses movement of thevehicle, such as a change in vehicleorientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can set off thealarm if it senses an unauthorizedentry into the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remain inthe vehicle when the intrusion sensoris activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors and windowsare completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such as asunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking the sensorsin the front overhead console.

Inclination and IntrusionSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the inclinationand intrusion sensors be deactivated ifpets are left in the vehicle or if thevehicle is being transported.

With the vehicle turned off, pressoin the overhead console. The indicatorlight will come on momentarily,indicating that the sensor has beendisabled until the next time the alarmsystem is armed.

IMMOBILIZERSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 348.

IMMOBILIZER OPERATIONThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.



The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbutton start isactivated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a valid transmitter ispresent in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is a problemwith arming or disarming thetheft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matched RKEtransmitter will start the vehicle. If thetransmitter is ever damaged, you maynot be able to start your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE transmitterappears to be undamaged, try anothertransmitter. Or, you may try placingthe transmitter in the transmitterpocket located in the center console.See “NO REMOTE DETECTED” underKey and Lock Messages 0 144.

If the ignition mode will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See yourdealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have a newRKE transmitter programmed to thevehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed for

the vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



EXTERIOR MIRRORS

CONVEX MIRRORS

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If you cuttoo sharply into the right lane, youcould hit a vehicle on the right.Check the inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder before changinglanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen from thedriver seat.

POWER MIRRORS

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 59.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 231.

FOLDING MIRRORS

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, manually fold the mirrorsinward toward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped, press to power fold themirrors. Press again to unfold.



Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. The mirrors are accidentallyobstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded/unfolded.

. The mirrors do not stay in theunfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normaldriving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position. A noisemay be heard during the resetting ofthe power folding mirrors. This soundis normal after a manual foldingoperation.

Auto Mirror Folding

If equipped, with the ignition off, press

and hold Q on the RKE transmitter forapproximately one second toautomatically fold the exterior mirrors.

Press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter for approximately

one second to unfold. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

This feature is turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

HEATED MIRRORSK : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

AUTOMATIC DIMMINGMIRRORIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

REVERSE TILT MIRRORSIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tilts toa preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). This allowsthe curb to be seen when parallelparking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about 30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse)above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 151.



INTERIOR MIRRORS

INTERIOR REARVIEWMIRRORSAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. Use a soft towel dampenedwith water.

MANUAL REARVIEWMIRRORPush the tab forward for daytime useand pull it rearward for nighttime useto avoid glare of the headlamps frombehind.

AUTOMATIC DIMMINGREARVIEW MIRRORIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started.

REAR CAMERA MIRRORIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab rearward to turn on thedisplay. Push the tab forward to turn itoff. When off, the mirror is automaticdimming. For ease of use, adjust themirror for a clear view of the areabehind the vehicle while the displayis off.

To adjust the brightness, press thebutton (1) on the back of the rearviewmirror without covering the lightsensor (2).

Each button press cycles thebrightness between five settings.



{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) hasa limited view. Portions of the road,vehicles, and other objects may notbe seen. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only this camera.Objects may appear closer than theyare. Check the outside mirrors orglance over your shoulder whenmaking lane changes or merging.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

The camera that provides the RCMimage is above the license plate, nextto the Rear Vision Camera (RVC).

Troubleshooting

If the tab is in the rearward position

and a blue screen and d are displayedin the mirror and the display shuts off,see your dealer for service.

The RCM may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The back of the vehicle has beendamaged and the position andmounting angle of the camera haschanged.



WINDOWS

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helpless adult,or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windows closedin warm or hot weather. They canbe overcome by the extreme heatand suffer permanent injuries oreven death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designedto improve fuel economy performance.This may result in a pulsing soundwhen either rear window is down and

the front windows are up. To reducethe sound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

POWER WINDOWS

{ Warning

Children could be seriously injuredor killed if caught in the path of aclosing window. Never leave theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are children inthe rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to prevent operationof the windows. See Keys 0 26.

The windows work when the vehicle isin ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP).See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 195.

Press or pull the switch to open orclose the window.

The windows will be temporarilydisabled if the window switches areused repeatedly within a short time.



Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

Press2 to engage the rear windowlockout feature. The indicator light ison when engaged.

Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

Express-down/up allows the windowsto be opened or closed withoutholding the window switch. Press thewindow switch fully down or pull it

up, and quickly release it to engage.Briefly press or pull the same switchto stop window movement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will operateas normal after the object or conditionis removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You or otherscould be injured and the windowcould be damaged. Before you useobstacle detection override, makesure that all people and obstructionsare clear of the window path.

The window can be closed by holdingthe window switch in the up positionif conditions prevent it from expressclosing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary if thevehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up, followthese steps to program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window has fullyclosed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows allwindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,



press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

SUN VISORS

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.Detach the sun visor from the centermount to pivot to the side window or,if equipped, extend along the rod.

ROOF

SUNROOFIf equipped, the ignition must be inON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or inRetained Accessory Power (RAP) tooperate the sunroof. See IgnitionPositions 0 190 and Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 195.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

Sunroof Express Operation : Press and

releasee (1) to vent. Press andrelease again to express-open. Press

the switch at any time to stop

movement. Pressg (1) toexpress-close.

Sunroof Manual Operation : Thesunroof can change to manual mode

by holdinge (1) while opening. Thesunroof will now open as long as theswitch is held. Press and release againto change back to express operation.

Power Sunshade : PressC (2) to

express-open the sunshade. Pressgto express-close the sunshade. Pressthe switch again to stop movement.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has an electricalfailure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof/sunshade is equippedwith an automatic reversal system thatis only active when the sunroof/sunshade is being operated in expressmode. If an object is in the path of thesunroof/sunshade while it isexpress-closing, the reversal systemwill detect the object and stop. In theevent of closing difficulties like frostor other conditions, it is possible to



override the reversal system. Tooverride the reversal system, close inmanual mode. To stop the movement,release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. This couldcause an issue with sunroof operationor noise. It could also plug the waterdrainage system. Periodically open thesunroof and remove any obstacles orloose debris. Wipe the sunroof sealand roof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into the waterdrainage system, this is normal.


54 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

SEATS ANDRESTRAINTS

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . 58Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Replacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . 75When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . 77How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . 77What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . 78Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 83

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . 86Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 88Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . 90Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . 91

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 55

HEAD RESTRAINTSThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for all occupantsare installed and adjusted properly.

If your vehicle has rear headrestraints that fold down, alwaysreturn them to the full uprightposition whenever an occupant isseated in the seat.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces the chanceof a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the side ofthe head restraint and pull up or pushthe head restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on the headrestraint after the button is released tomake sure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

Rear Head Restraint Adjustment

The vehicle's rear seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboard seatingpositions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraint upto raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it is lockedin place.

To lower the head restraint, press thebutton, located on the top of theseatback, and push the head restraintdown. Try to move the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraint isin the seat, always return the headrestraint to the full upright position.Pull head restraint up and forwarduntil it locks into place. Push and pullon the head restraint to make surethat it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.

Rear outboard head restraints are notremovable.



If you are installing a child restraint inthe rear seat, see “Securing a ChildRestraint Designed for the LATCHSystem” under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 91.

FRONT SEATS

SEAT ADJUSTMENT

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicleif you try to adjust a driver seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Adjustthe driver seat only when thevehicle is not moving.

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part of theseat cushion by moving the frontof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, see RecliningSeatbacks 0 58.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 58.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibration in thedriver seat to help the driver avoidcrashes. See Driver AssistanceSystems 0 219.



LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT

Press and hold the control forward toincrease or rearward to decreasesupport.

THIGH SUPPORTADJUSTMENT

If equipped, pull up on the lever. Thenpull or push on the support tolengthen or shorten. Release the leverto lock in place.

RECLINING SEATBACKS

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckled up,the safety belts cannot do their job.

The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. Instead, it will be in frontof you. In a crash, you could go intoit, receiving neck or other injuries.

The lap belt could go up over yourabdomen. The belt forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit well backin the seat and wear the safety beltproperly.



Do not have a seatback reclined if thevehicle is moving.

To adjust:

. Tilt the top of the control rearwardto recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

MEMORY SEATS

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB(Exit) buttons on the driver door areused to manually store and recallmemory settings for the driver seat.The driver memory buttons also storeoutside mirror, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column positions.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUNor ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, power tiltand telescoping steering column,and the outside mirrors.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exit

features to theB (Exit) button,

repeat Steps 1–4 usingB to storeyour positions for getting out of thevehicle.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to manuallyrecall the previously stored memory

positions. Releasing 1, 2, orB beforethe stored positions are reached stopsthe recall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

If programmed in vehiclepersonalization, the Auto (Automatic)Memory Recall feature automaticallyrecalls the current driver’s previouslystored 1 or 2 position when theignition is changed from OFF to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

See “Auto Memory Recall” under“Comfort and Convenience” in VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

To stop recall movement, press one ofthe memory, power mirror, or powerseat controls; or press the power tiltand telescoping steering columncontrol.

RKE transmitters are not labeled witha number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but this

position is not automatically recalling,then store your positions to the otherbutton or switch RKE transmitterswith the other driver.

If the vehicle’s driver has changed, insome vehicles the Driver ID may bedisplayed for the next few ignitioncycles.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit positions whenleaving the vehicle. See “StoringMemory Positions” earlier in thissection. See also VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Easy exit recall automatically activateswhen one of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop. Removethe obstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling again bypressing the appropriate memorybutton. If automatically recallingthe position, try recalling again byopening the driver door and

pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

. If recalling the exit position, pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the exit feature notrecalling for two seconds. Then tryrecalling the exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer for service.



HEATED AND VENTILATEDFRONT SEATS

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, the seatheater may cause burns. To reducethe risk of burns, people with sucha condition should use care whenusing the seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do not placeanything on the seat that insulatesagainst heat, such as a blanket,cushion, cover, or similar item. Thismay cause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seat heatermay cause a burn or may damagethe seat.

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the ignition must be on.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.


PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights next to thebuttons indicate three for the highest

setting and one for the lowest. If thefront heated seats are on high, thelevel may automatically be loweredafter approximately 30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is not cooled.When a heated seat is turned on, thesymbol turns red. When a ventilatedseat is turned on, the symbolturns blue.

The passenger seat may take longer toheat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate the heatedor ventilated seats at the level requiredby the vehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level will beindicated by the manual heated orventilated seat buttons on the centerstack. Use the manual heated orventilated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated or ventilatedseats off. If the passenger seat is



unoccupied, the auto heated orventilated seats feature will notactivate that seat. The auto heated orventilated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

Remote Start Heated and VentilatedSeats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turn on,and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heated orventilated seats are canceled when theignition is turned on. Press the heatedor ventilated seat button to use theheated or ventilated seats after thevehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seat indicatorlights do not turn on during a remotestart.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced. Thisis normal.

The heated or ventilated seats may beenabled or disabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 33 and VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

REAR SEATSRear Seat Adjustment

The second row seats slide forward formore room.

To adjust the seat position, lift thelever below the seat cushion and slidethe seat forward or backward.



Reclining the Seatback

To recline the seatback:

1. Pull the reclining seatbackhandle.

2. Move the seatback to the desiredposition, and then release thehandle to lock the seatback inplace.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded for more cargo space. Fold aseatback only when the vehicle is notmoving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Fold the head restraint. See HeadRestraints 0 55.

2. Pull the lever on top of theseatback to unlock it.

3. Fold the seatback forward.

Repeat the steps to fold the otherseatback, if desired.



Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The rear seatbacks can also be foldedforward by pulling the levers on eitherside of the rear cargo area.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they are locked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.

2. Return the head restraint to theupright position. See HeadRestraints 0 55.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

4. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, it shouldbe kept in the upright, locked position.

REAR SEAT ARMREST

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the cupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and push itrearward until it is flush with theseatback.

The armrest may also have controlsfor the infotainment system. See theinfotainment manual.



HEATED REAR SEATS

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

If available, the buttons are on the rearof the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,

press M or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion. On vehicleswithout rear climate controls, an

indicator light on the button will turnon when the heated seat is on. Onvehicles with rear climate controls, anindicator on the climate controldisplay appears when this featureis on.

On vehicles without rear climatecontrols but equipped with heated rearseats, press the button again to turnthis feature off. The light on thebutton will turn off. On vehicles withrear climate controls, this feature turnson at the highest setting. With eachpress of the button, the heated seatchanges to the next lower setting, andthen the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting, and onelight indicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

SAFETY BELTSThis section describes how to usesafety belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearing safetybelts, injuries can be much worsethan if you are wearing safety belts.You can be seriously injured orkilled by hitting things inside thevehicle harder or by being ejectedfrom the vehicle. In addition,anyone who is not buckled up canstrike other passengers in thevehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area, inside or outside of avehicle. In a collision, passengersriding in these areas are more likelyto be seriously injured or killed. Donot allow passengers to ride in any

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

area of the vehicle that is notequipped with seats and safetybelts.

Always wear a safety belt, and checkthat all passenger(s) are restrainedproperly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 125.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel asfast as the vehicle does. If the vehiclestops suddenly, you keep going untilsomething stops you. It could be thewindshield, the instrument panel,or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together. Thereis more time to stop because you stopover a longer distance and, when wornproperly, your strongest bones take theforces from the safety belts. That iswhy wearing safety belts makes suchgood sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not. Yourchance of being conscious duringand after a crash, so you canunbuckle and get out, is muchgreater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safety belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systemsonly. They work with safetybelts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still have tobuckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and in allCanadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

HOW TO WEAR SAFETYBELTS PROPERLYThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to know aboutsafety belts and children, and there aredifferent rules for smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 84 orInfants and Young Children 0 86. Followthose rules for everyone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more often incrashes than those who are wearingsafety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would be lesslikely to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt wouldapply force on your abdomen. Thiscould cause serious or even fatalinjuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restraining forces.The shoulder belt locks if there is asudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing yoursafety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to become looseor twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over an armrest.

LAP-SHOULDER BELTAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explain howto wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let the



belt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 78.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches the buckle,tilt the latch plate flat to unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender 0 72.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See

“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt should returnto its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and then releaseit. If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a safety belt,damage can occur to both the safetybelt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt heightadjuster for the driver and frontoutboard passenger seating positions.

Adjust the height so that the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but not contacting,the neck. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the safety belt in acrash. See How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 66.

Move the height adjuster up to thedesired position by pushing up on theheight adjuster.

Press the release button to lower theheight adjuster. After the heightadjuster is set to the desired position,try to move it down without pressingthe release button to make sure it haslocked into position.

Automatic Safety BeltTightening System

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSafety Belt Tightening System.

Each time the vehicle is started withthe front safety belts buckled, thesystem activates once to tighten thesafety belts when the forward vehiclespeed exceeds the threshold foractivation.

The system also activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releases whendriving conditions return to normal.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 206. If there is aproblem with the Automatic SafetyBelt Tightening System, a messagedisplays on the Driver Information



Center (DIC). See Safety Belt Messages0 149. Other safety belt functions arenot affected by the Automatic SafetyBelt Tightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, they arepart of the safety belt assembly. Theycan help tighten the safety beltsduring the early stages of a moderateto severe frontal, near frontal, or rearcrash if the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met. Safetybelt pretensioners can also helptighten the safety belts in a side crashor a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash, thepretensioners and probably other partsof the vehicle’s safety belt system willneed to be replaced. See ReplacingSafety Belt System Parts after aCrash 0 72.

Do not sit on the outboard safety beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle orat any time while sitting in the seat.Sitting on the safety belt can damagethe webbing and hardware.

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulder beltshould go over the shoulder andacross the chest. These parts of thebody are best able to take beltrestraining forces.

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt, thecomfort guide positions the shoulderbelt away from the neck and head.

This vehicle will have rear safety beltcomfort guides in the rear outboardseating positions.

To install:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt, andinsert the two edges of the beltinto the slots of the guide.



3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. The elasticcord must be behind the beltwith the plastic guide on thefront.

4. Buckle, position, and release thesafety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edges togetherso that the safety belt can be removedfrom the guide. Slide the guide backinto its storage pocket on the side ofthe seatback.

SAFETY BELT USE DURINGPREGNANCYSafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they do not wearsafety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portionshould be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughout thepregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the mother. When a safety beltis worn properly, it is more likely that



the fetus will not be hurt in a crash.For pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making safety beltseffective is wearing them properly.

SAFETY BELT EXTENDERIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you an extender.When you go in to order it, take theheaviest coat you will wear, so theextender will be long enough for you.To help avoid personal injury, do notlet someone else use it, and use it onlyfor the seat it is made to fit. Theextender has been designed for adults.Never use it for securing childrestraints. To wear it, attach it to theregular safety belt. For moreinformation, see the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

SAFETY SYSTEM CHECKCheck that the safety belt reminder,safety belts, buckles, latch plates, andretractors, are all working properly.Look for any other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts that might

keep a safety belt system fromperforming properly. See your dealer tohave it repaired. Torn or frayed safetybelts may not protect you in a crash.They can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed, haveit replaced immediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 125.

Keep safety belts clean and dry. SeeSafety Belt Care 0 72.

SAFETY BELT CAREKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weaken thewebbing. In a crash, they might notbe able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse safetybelt webbing only with mild soapand lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfaces andsafety belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dust ordebris in the mechanism. If dust ordebris exists in the system please seethe dealer. Parts may need to bereplaced to ensure proper functionalityof the system.

REPLACING SAFETY BELTSYSTEM PARTS AFTER ACRASH

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safety beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedsafety belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it, resultingin serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure the safetybelt systems are working properly

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

after a crash, have them inspectedand any necessary replacementsmade as soon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary. Butthe safety belt assemblies that wereused during any crash may have beenstressed or damaged. See your dealerto have the safety belt assembliesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at the timeof the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicle orwhile you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 125.

AIRBAG SYSTEMThe vehicle has the following airbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the front outboard passenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seated directlybehind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directly behindthe front outboard passenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a label nearthe deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the center of the steering wheelfor the driver and on the instrumentpanel for the front outboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG ison the lower part of the instrumentpanel.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags,the word AIRBAG is on the side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safety belts.Even though today's airbags are alsodesigned to help reduce the risk ofinjury from the force of an inflatingbag, all airbags must inflate veryquickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things toknow about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured or killedin a crash if you are not wearingyour safety belt, even with airbags.

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

Airbags are designed to work withsafety belts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 76.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in the vehicleshould wear a safety belt properly,whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink of aneye, anyone who is up against,or very close to any airbag when it

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

inflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Do not sit unnecessarily closeto any airbag, as you would be ifsitting on the edge of the seat orleaning forward. Safety belts helpkeep you in position before andduring a crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts and thefront outboard passenger airbags aremost effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against, or veryclose to, any airbag when it inflatescan be seriously injured or killed.Always secure children properly inthe vehicle. To read how, see OlderChildren 0 84 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 86.

There is an airbag readiness light onthe instrument cluster, which showsthe airbag symbol. The system checksthe airbag electrical system formalfunctions. The light tells you ifthere is an electrical problem. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 125 for moreinformation.



WHERE ARE THE AIRBAGS?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontalairbag is in the passenger sideinstrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column.


The seat-mounted side impact airbagsfor the driver and front outboardpassenger are in the sides of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.



{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, the airbagmight not inflate properly or itmight force the object into thatperson causing severe injury or evendeath. The path of an inflatingairbag must be kept clear. Do notput anything between an occupantand an airbag, and do not attach orput anything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any other airbagcovering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roof ofa vehicle with roof-rail airbags byrouting a rope or tie‐down throughany door or window opening. If youdo, the path of an inflating roof-railairbag will be blocked.

WHEN SHOULD AN AIRBAGINFLATE?This vehicle is equipped with airbags.See Airbag System 0 73. Airbags aredesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds the specific airbag system'sdeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict howsevere a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help the airbagsystem determine the severity of theimpact. Deployment thresholds canvary with specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal crashes to help reduce thepotential for severe injuries, mainly tothe driver's or front outboardpassenger's head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, the directionof the impact, and how quickly thevehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate at differentcrash speeds depending on whetherthe vehicle hits an object straight onor at an angle, and whether the objectis fixed or moving, rigid or deformable,narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, in rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle has advancedtechnology frontal airbags. Advancedtechnology frontal airbags adjust therestraint according to either crashseverity or occupant interaction.

Knee airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal impacts. Knee airbags are notdesigned to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere side crashes depending on thelocation of the impact. Seat-mountedside impact airbags are not designedto inflate in frontal impacts, nearfrontal impacts, rollovers, or rear



impacts. A seat-mounted side impactairbag is designed to inflate on theside of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the location ofthe impact. In addition, these roof-railairbags are designed to inflate duringa rollover or in a severe frontal impact.Roof-rail airbags are not designed toinflate in rear impacts. Both roof-railairbags will inflate when either side ofthe vehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one can saywhether an airbag should have inflatedsimply because of the vehicle damageor repair costs.

WHAT MAKES AN AIRBAGINFLATE?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out of

the cover. The inflator, the airbag, andrelated hardware are all part of theairbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 75.

HOW DOES AN AIRBAGRESTRAIN?In moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contact theinside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts by distributingthe force of the impact more evenlyover the occupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help contain the head andchest of occupants in the outboardseating positions in the first andsecond rows. The rollover capableroof-rail airbags are designed to helpreduce the risk of full or partialejection in rollover events, although nosystem can prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarily becausethe occupant's motion is not towardthose airbags. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 76.

Airbags should never be regarded asanything more than a supplement tosafety belts.

WHAT WILL YOU SEE AFTERAN AIRBAG INFLATES?After the frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, so quicklythat some people may not even realizean airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbagsmay still be at least partially inflatedfor some time after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag module maybe hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 75.

The parts of the airbag that come intocontact with you may be warm, butnot too hot to touch. There may besome smoke and dust coming fromthe vents in the deflated airbags.Airbag inflation does not prevent thedriver from seeing out of the



windshield or being able to steer thevehicle, nor does it prevent peoplefrom leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, there maybe dust in the air. This dust couldcause breathing problems for peoplewith a history of asthma or otherbreathing trouble. To avoid this,everyone in the vehicle should getout as soon as it is safe to do so.If you have breathing problems butcannot get out of the vehicle afteran airbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the fuelsystem after the airbags inflate. Thefeature may also activate, withoutairbag inflation, after an event that

exceeds a predetermined threshold.You can lock the doors, turn off theinterior lamps, and turn off the hazardwarning flashers by using the controlsfor those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflate theairbags may have also damagedimportant functions in the vehicle,such as the fuel system, brake andsteering systems, etc. Even if thevehicle appears to be drivable aftera moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that could makeit difficult to safely operate thevehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbag inflates,you will need some new parts forthe airbag system. If you do notget them, the airbag system willnot be there to help protect you inanother crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules andpossibly other parts. The servicemanual for the vehicle covers theneed to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle Data Recordingand Privacy 0 350 and Event DataRecorders 0 350.

. Let only qualified technicians workon the airbag systems. Improperservice can mean that an airbagsystem will not work properly. Seeyour dealer for service.

PASSENGER SENSINGSYSTEMThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem for the front outboardpassenger position. The passenger



airbag status indicator will light on theoverhead console when the vehicle isstarted.


Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol for onor off, will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 126.

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag under certainconditions. No other airbag is affectedby the passenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing system workswith sensors that are part of the frontoutboard passenger seat and safetybelt. The sensors are designed todetect the presence of a properlyseated occupant and determine if thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the passengerfrontal airbag, no system is fail-safe.No one can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back as

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

it will go. It is better to secure childrestraints in the rear seat. Considerusing another vehicle to transportthe child when a rear seat is notavailable.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passenger seatis unoccupied.

. The system determines an infant ispresent in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat for aperiod of time.

. There is a critical problem with theairbag system or the passengersensing system.

When the passenger sensing systemhas turned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag, the offindicator will light and stay lit as a

reminder that the airbag is off. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag anytime thesystem senses that a person of adultsize is sitting properly in the frontoutboard passenger seat.

When the passenger sensing systemhas allowed the airbag to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is active.

For some children, including childrenin child restraints, and for very smalladults, the passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,depending upon the person's seatingposture and body build. Everyone inthe vehicle who has outgrown childrestraints should wear a safety beltproperly— whether or not there is anairbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have thevehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 125 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

If the On Indicator is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If a childrestraint has been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 96or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 98.

Make sure the safety beltretractor is locked by pulling theshoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor when installing thechild restraint, even if the childrestraint is equipped with asafety belt lock-off. When theretractor lock is set, the belt canbe tightened but not pulled outof the retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seat

cushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatback isnot pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the child restraintis not trapped under the vehiclehead restraint. If this happens,adjust the head restraint. SeeHead Restraints 0 55.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may ormay not turn off the airbag for a childin a child restraint depending uponthe child’s size. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat. Neverput a rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the on indicator isnot lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat, butthe off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.



2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of the beltis pulled out all the way, thechild restraint locking feature willbe engaged. This mayunintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system to turnthe airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way, andthen buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag willnot be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should not ridein the front outboard passengerseat, if the passenger airbag offindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep the passenger inposition on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helpsthe passenger sensing system maintainthe passenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” inthe Index for additional informationabout the importance of properrestraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such as seat

covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system operates. Werecommend that you not use seatcovers or other aftermarket equipmentexcept when approved by GM for yourspecific vehicle. See Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83 formore information about modificationsthat can affect how the systemoperates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronicdevice, is put on an unoccupied seat.If this is not desired, remove theobject from the seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and seatbackmay interfere with the properoperation of the passenger sensingsystem.



SERVICING THEAIRBAG-EQUIPPED VEHICLEAirbags affect how the vehicle shouldbe serviced. There are parts of theairbag system in several places aroundthe vehicle. Your dealer and theservice manual have informationabout servicing the vehicle and theairbag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see Service PublicationsOrdering Information 0 347.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an airbag can stillinflate during improper service. Youcan be injured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoid yellowconnectors. They are probably partof the airbag system. Be sure tofollow proper service procedures,and make sure the personperforming work for you is qualifiedto do so.

ADDING EQUIPMENT TOTHE AIRBAG-EQUIPPEDVEHICLEAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheet metal,may keep the airbag system fromworking properly. The operation of theairbag system can also be affected bychanging any parts of the front seats,safety belts, airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnish trim,overhead console, front sensors, sideimpact sensors, or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the location ofthe airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbag wiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position, whichincludes sensors that are part of thepassenger seat. The passenger sensingsystem may not operate properly if theoriginal seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or

with GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pad ordevice, installed under or on top of theseat fabric, could also interfere withthe operation of the passenger sensingsystem. This could either preventproper deployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properly turningoff the passenger airbag(s). SeePassenger Sensing System 0 78.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tires andWheels 0 292 for additional importantinformation.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability and youhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you have questionsabout whether the airbag system willbe affected if the vehicle is modifiedfor any other reason, call CustomerAssistance. See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 341.



AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECKThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 125.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbag maynot work properly. Do not open orbreak the airbag coverings. If thereare any opened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbag coveringand/or airbag module replaced. Forthe location of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 75. Seeyour dealer for service.

REPLACING AIRBAGSYSTEM PARTS AFTER ACRASH

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle. A damagedairbag system may not properlyprotect you and your passenger(s) ina crash, resulting in serious injuryor even death. To help make surethe airbag systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. See yourdealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comes onwhen you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 125.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

OLDER CHILDREN

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear the vehicle’ssafety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the child passesthe fit test below:



. Sit all the way back on the seat. Dothe knees bend at the seat edge? Ifyes, continue. If no, return to thebooster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Doesthe shoulder belt rest on theshoulder? If yes, continue. If no,try using the rear safety beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67. If acomfort guide is not available, or ifthe shoulder belt still does not reston the shoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snugon the hips, touching the thighs? Ifyes, continue. If no, return to thebooster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to wearsafety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder belt

can provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck.The lap belt should fit snuglybelow the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. This applies beltforce to the child's pelvic bones ina crash. It should never be wornover the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can be thrownout of the vehicle. Older children needto use safety belts properly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child towear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, they

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

can be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearing thelap-shoulder belt properly. In a

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

crash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt. Thechild could move too far forwardincreasing the chance of head andneck injury. The child might alsoslide under the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied right onthe abdomen. That could causeserious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across the chest.

INFANTS AND YOUNGCHILDRENEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither the distancetraveled nor the age and size of thetraveler changes the need, foreveryone, to use safety restraints. Infact, the law in every state in theUnited States and in every Canadianprovince says children up to some agemust be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten but cannotbe loosened if it is locked. Theshoulder belt locks when it is pulledall the way out of the retractor.It unlocks when the shoulder belt isallowed to go all the way back intothe retractor, but it cannot do this ifit is wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked and

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Never leave children unattended ina vehicle and never allow childrento play with the safety belts.

Every time infants and young childrenride in vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a child willbecome so heavy it is not possibleto hold it during a crash. For

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate restraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against, or veryclose to, any airbag when it inflatescan be seriously injured or killed.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat.Secure a rear-facing child restraintin a rear seat. It is also better tosecure a forward-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. If you mustsecure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimes calledchild seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of childrestraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether the childrestraint is compatible with the vehiclein which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint, thereare many different models available.When purchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used in amotor vehicle. If it is, the restraint willhave a label saying that it meetsfederal motor vehicle safety standards.The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight and heightlimitations for a particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of restraints available forchildren with special needs.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and headinjury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should. Instead,it may settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the belt wouldapply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure.This alone could cause serious orfatal injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children should alwaysbe secured in appropriate childrestraints.

CHILD RESTRAINTSYSTEMS

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infant inplace and, in a crash, acts to keep theinfant positioned in the restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child's bodywith the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat is usedfor children who have outgrown theirforward-facing child restraint. Boostersare designed to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system until thechild is large enough for the vehiclesafety belts to fit properly without abooster seat. See the safety belt fit testin Older Children 0 84.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be secured inthe vehicle. Child restraint systemsmust be secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 91 formore information. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured in thevehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructions thatcome with the restraint which may beon the restraint itself or in a booklet,or both, and to this manual. The childrestraint instructions are important, soif they are not available, obtain areplacement copy from themanufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United States andCanada, Certified Child PassengerSafety Technicians (CPSTs) areavailable to inspect and demonstratehow to correctly use and install childrestraints. In the U.S., refer to theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.



Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions that camewith that child restraint.

WHERE TO PUT THERESTRAINTAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child restraintin the front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no systemis fail-safe. No one can guaranteethat an airbag will not deploy undersome unusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints ina rear seat, even if the airbag is off.If you secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat as far

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 78for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatiblewith this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats varyconsiderably in size, and some may fitin certain seating positions better thanothers.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of the childrestraint, you may not be able toaccess adjacent safety belts or LATCHanchors for additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.



Wherever a child restraint is installed,be sure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint systemand secure the child restraint systemproperly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHERS FOR CHILDREN(LATCH SYSTEM)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the vehicle.This system is designed to makeinstallation of a child restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a child restraintthat has LATCH attachments.LATCH-compatible rear-facing andforward-facing child seats can be

properly installed using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicle’s safetybelts. Do not use both the safety beltsand the LATCH anchorage system tosecure a rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s safetybelts to secure the child in the boosterseat. If the manufacturer recommendsthat the booster seat be secured withthe LATCH system, this can be doneas long as the booster seat can bepositioned properly and there is nointerference with the properpositioning of the lap-shoulder belt onthe child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also use eitherthe lower anchors or the safety belts toproperly secure the child restraint.A child restraint must never beattached using only the top tether.

The LATCH anchorage system can beused until the combined weight of thechild plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lb). Use the safety belt

alone instead of the LATCH anchoragesystem once the combined weight ismore than 29.5 kg (65 lb).

See Securing Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 96 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 98.

Child restraints built after March 2014will be labeled with the specific childweight up to which the LATCH systemcan be used to install the restraint.

The following explains how to attach achild restraint with these attachmentsin the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tether anchorsand attachments. In this case, thesafety belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure thechild restraint. See Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Belt in theRear Seat) 0 96 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Belt in theFront Seat) 0 98.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars builtinto the vehicle. There are two loweranchors for each LATCH seatingposition that will accommodate a childrestraint with lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle. A toptether anchor is built into the vehicle.The top tether attachment (2) on thechild restraint connects to the toptether anchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (3) or a dual tether (4). Eitherwill have a single attachment (2) tosecure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have a toptether are designed for use with orwithout the top tether being attached.Others require the top tether always tobe attached. In Canada, the lawrequires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and thatthe tether be attached. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for yourchild restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with top tetheranchors.



H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the lower anchors,each seating position with loweranchors has two labels, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchor symbolis near the anchor.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are located on theback of the rear seatback. Be sure touse an anchor located on the sameside of the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be attached, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child restraintsystem or infant restraint systemsecured in a rear seating position. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 90 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCH System

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using the anchors,or use the vehicle's safety belts tosecure the restraint, following theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries during a crash, do notattach more than one child restraintto a single anchor. Attaching morethan one child restraint to a singleanchor could cause the anchor orattachment to come loose or evenbreak during a crash. A child orothers could be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten but cannotbe loosened if it is locked. Theshoulder belt locks when it is pulledall the way out of the retractor.It unlocks when the shoulder belt isallowed to go all the way back intothe retractor, but it cannot do this ifit is wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked and

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pull theshoulder belt all the way out of theretractor to set the lock, and tightenthe belt behind the child restraintafter the child restraint has beeninstalled.

Caution

Do not let the LATCH attachmentsrub against the vehicle’s safety belts.This may damage these parts.If necessary, move buckled safetybelts to avoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the rear seatback whenthe seat is occupied. Do not fold theempty rear seat with a safety belt

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

buckled. This could damage thesafety belt or the seat. Unbuckle andreturn the safety belt to its stowedposition, before folding the seat.

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor. Attachingmore than one child restraint to asingle anchor could cause the anchoror attachment to come loose or evenbreak during a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during a crash,attach only one child restraint peranchor.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 90.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do not usethe vehicle's safety belts. Instead usethe vehicle's anchors and childrestraint attachments to secure the



restraints. Some restraints also useanother vehicle anchor to secure a toptether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower attachmentsor the desired seating positiondoes not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint withthe top tether and the safetybelts. Refer to your child restraintmanufacturer instructions andthe instructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached, attachand tighten the top tether to thetop tether anchor, if equipped.

Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the dual tetheraround the head restraint.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a single tether, raisethe head restraint androute the tether under thehead restraint and inbetween the head restraintposts.



If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a singletether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

3. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securelyheld in place. To check, grasp thechild restraint at the LATCH pathand attempt to move it side toside and back and forth. There

should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement forproper installation.

REPLACING LATCH SYSTEMPARTS AFTER A CRASH

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint, resultingin serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure theLATCH system is working properlyafter a crash, see your dealer tohave the system inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during a crash,new LATCH system parts may beneeded.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCH systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.

SECURING CHILDRESTRAINTS (WITH THESAFETY BELT IN THEREAR SEAT)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatiblewith this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 91 forhow and where to install the childrestraint using LATCH. If a childrestraint is secured in the vehicleusing a safety belt and it uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 91 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if the



instructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top strap mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint needsto be installed in the rear seat, be sureto read Where to Put the Restraint 0 90.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 91.

7. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securelyheld in place. To check, grasp thechild restraint at the safety beltpath and attempt to move it sideto side and back and forth. Whenthe child restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and letit return to the stowed position. If thetop tether is attached to a top tetheranchor, disconnect it.

SECURING CHILDRESTRAINTS (WITH THESAFETY BELT IN THEFRONT SEAT)This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat isa safer place to secure a forward-facingchild restraint. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 90.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 78 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 126for more information, includingimportant safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would bevery close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates andthe passenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,no system is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints ina rear seat, even if the airbag is off.If you secure a forward-facing child

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

restraint in the front outboardpassenger seat, always move theseat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 78for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 91 for toptether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top strap mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag status indicatorshould light and stay lit whenyou start the vehicle. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 126.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.



Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securelyheld in place. To check, grasp thechild restraint at the safety beltpath and attempt to move it sideto side and back and forth. Whenthe child restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag status indicatorwill come on and stay on when thevehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 78.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and letit return to the stowed position.


102 STORAGE

STORAGE

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . 102Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Cargo Management System . . . . . . 105Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

STORAGECOMPARTMENTS

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharp objectsin storage compartments. In a crash,these objects may cause the cover toopen and could result in injury.

GLOVE BOX

Lift the handle to open the glove box.Close until it latches. Use the vehiclekey to lock or unlock.

CUPHOLDERSCupholders in the center console havea retractable cover. Do not place itemson the cover.

Press the button to unlatch the cover.


STORAGE 103

Slide the cover back to open.

ARMREST STORAGEFor vehicles with a rear seat armrest,pull the rear seat armrest forward toaccess the cupholders with removableliner.

REAR STORAGE

There is storage in the floor of therear cargo area. Lift the handle toaccess.

CENTER CONSOLE STORAGE

Press the button to access the storagearea in front of the armrest cover.

Press the button on the driver side ofthe cover to access the storage areaunder the armrest. There are two USBports and an auxiliary jack inside.

If equipped, there are two charge-onlyUSB ports and an auxiliary jack outleton the rear of the center console.


104 STORAGE

ADDITIONAL STORAGEFEATURES

CARGO COVER

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store the cargocover securely or remove it from thevehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

If equipped, the cargo cover can beused to cover items in the cargo area.

Install the Cargo Cover

1. Hold the cartridge so that theretracted cargo cover faces therear of the vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over the slotson the trim panels of the vehicle.

3. Place one end of the cartridgeinto the slot and then compressto fit the other end into theremaining slot.

4. Unroll the cargo cover toward therear of the vehicle. The cargocover can be half open orfully open.


STORAGE 105

5. Insert the cargo cover pins intothe channels on both sides.

Remove the Cargo Cover

Remove the cargo cover pins from thechannels and let the cover retract.Compress the ends of the cartridge toremove it from the slots.

CARGO TIE-DOWNS

The vehicle has two cargo tie-downs inthe rear compartment.

CARGO MANAGEMENTSYSTEM

Cargo Management System


106 STORAGE

Cargo Management System Unlock

Cargo Management SystemInstallation

1. Turn both knobs to the unlockposition.

2. Slide the divider along the rail tothe desired position until it clicksinto place.

3. Make sure the divider is lockedinto place in the rail grooves.

4. Turn both knobs to the lockposition.

Cargo Management SystemRemoval

1. Turn both knobs to the unlockposition.

2. Press the buttons and pull up toremove the divider.

3. Remove the knobs prior tostoring the divider. Failure to doso will cause interference.

Vehicle with Spare Tire

Vehicle with Tire Inflator Kit

4. Store the divider appropriately.

CONVENIENCE NETThis vehicle may have a conveniencenet in the rear of the vehicle. Attach itto the cargo tie-downs for storingsmall loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.


STORAGE 107

ROOF RACK SYSTEM

{ Warning

If something is carried on top of thevehicle that is longer or wider thanthe roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— the windcan catch it while the vehicle isbeing driven. The item being carriedcould be violently torn off, and thiscould cause a collision and damagethe vehicle. Never carry somethinglonger or wider than the roof rackon top of the vehicle unless using aGM certified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can be usedto load items. For roof racks that donot have crossrails included, GMcertified crossrails can be purchased asan accessory. See your dealer.

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rack thatweighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) orhangs over the rear or sides of thevehicle may damage the vehicle.Load cargo so that it rests evenlybetween the crossrails, making sureto fasten cargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s center ofgravity higher. Avoid high speeds,

sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle to makesure the cargo remains in its place. Donot exceed the maximum vehiclecapacity when loading the vehicle. Formore information on vehicle capacityand loading, see Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186.


108 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLS

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . 109Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 109Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 109Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . 110Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . 112Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Instrument Cluster (Base LevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Instrument Cluster (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Engine Oil Pressure Gauge(Uplevel Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Voltmeter Gauge (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . 125Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Brake System Warning Light . . . . . 129Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . 129Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . 130Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . 131Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 131Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . 133

Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 133Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . 138

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Brake System Messages . . . . . . . . . . 142Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Cruise Control Messages . . . . . . . . . 142Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . 144Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . . 144Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 109

Airbag System Messages . . . . . . . . . 148Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Service Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . 149Steering System Messages . . . . . . . 149Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . 150Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Transmission Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 150Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . . . . 151Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . . . . . 159Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

CONTROLS

STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENTPower Tilt and Telescoping SteeringWheel

Press the control to move the tilt andtelescoping steering wheel up anddown or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.

STEERING WHEELCONTROLSThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering Wheel Controls"in the infotainment manual.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL

( : If equipped with a heated steeringwheel, press to turn on or off. Anindicator next to the button is lit whenthe feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



HORN

Pressa on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER

Windshield Wiper with Rainsense(AUTO Shown), If Equipped

Windshield Wiper without Rainsense(INT Shown)

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN/START, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense™,use this setting for intermittent wipeswhen Rainsense is disabled,or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense isenabled. For intermittent wipes, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO,then turn the band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes. If Rainsense is turnedon, see “Rainsense” later in thissection.

INT : If equipped with intermittentwipers only, move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn the band upfor more frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.



1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshield washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer has been activated.See Washer Fluid 0 260 forinformation on filling the windshieldwasher fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should be replaced.See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 264.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 268.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or AUTO withRainsense turned off, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driver door isopened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense, thewipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense and thefeature is turned on, a sensor near thetop center of the windshield detectsthe amount of water on the windshieldand controls the frequency of thewindshield wiper based on the currentsensitivity setting.

Keep this area of the windshield clearof debris to allow for best systemperformance.

AUTO : Move the windshield wiperlever to AUTO. Turn the band on thewiper lever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.



With Rainsense, if the transmission isin N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washer fluidcan form ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER

The rear window wiper/washercontrols are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Turn the controls to adjust the setting.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

INT : Turns on the rear wiper with adelay between wipes.

ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

1 : Push the windshield wiper leverforward to spray washer fluid on therear window and the rear mirrorcamera, if equipped. See Rear CameraMirror 0 48. The wipers will clear therear window and either stop or returnto your preset speed. For more washercycles, push and hold the lever.

The rear window wiper/washer will notoperate if the liftgate is open or ajar.If the liftgate is opened while the rearwiper is on, the wiper returns to theparked position and stops.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFF todisable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park under the rearspoiler.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, the rearwiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the transmission isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing low orhigh speed wipes. If the rear wipercontrol is off, the transmission is inR (Reverse), and the front windshield



wiper is performing INT wipes, thenthe rear wiper automatically performsINT wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield, rear window,and rear mirror camera, if equipped.See Rear Camera Mirror 0 48. Checkthe fluid level in the reservoir if eitherwasher is not working. See WasherFluid 0 260.

COMPASSThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global Positioning System (GPS)antenna, StabiliTrak®, and vehiclespeed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number of milesor degrees of turn before needing asignal from the GPS satellites. Whenthe compass display shows CAL, drivethe vehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive a GPSsignal. The compass system will

automatically determine when a GPSsignal is restored and provide aheading again. See Compass Messages0 142 for the messages that may bedisplayed for the compass.

CLOCKThe infotainment system controls areused to access the time and datesettings through the menu system. See“Home Page” in the infotainmentmanual for information about how touse the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touch theSETTINGS screen button, thentouch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch + or− to increase or decrease hours orminutes, and change AM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touch + or −

to increase or decrease month,day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:


2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.




If auto set is on, the time displayed onthe clock may not update immediatelywhen driving into a new time zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock will displayon the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, then selectOff or On.


POWER OUTLETSThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessory poweroutlets: one on the lower center floorconsole and one in the rear cargo area.

Lift the cover to access the accessorypower outlet.

Certain accessory power plugs may notbe compatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If a problemis experienced, see your dealer.

When adding electrical equipment, besure to follow the proper installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 245.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment from thepower outlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty. Thepower outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, such ascell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds the maximum15 amps rating.

WIRELESS CHARGINGThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage under thearmrest. The system wirelessly chargesone PMA or Qi compatible mobiledevice.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., see my.cadillac.com/learn.

. In Canada, see gmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.



{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medical devices.If you have one, it is recommendedto consult with your doctor beforeusing the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 195.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before charging yourmobile device. Metal objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, or paper clips,

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

between the phone and chargingpad will become very hot. On therare occasion that the chargingsystem does not detect a metalobject, and the object gets wedgedbetween the phone and charger,remove the phone and allow themetallic object to cool beforeremoving it from the charging pad,to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

2. Place the mobile device face up

on the@ symbol on thecharging pad and align it to theleft wall of the charging bin.

3. The~ will display on the Von the infotainment screen. Thisindicates that the mobile deviceis properly positioned andcharging. If a phone is placed on

the charging pad and~ doesnot display, remove the phonefrom the pad, turn 180 degreesand wait three seconds beforeplacing/aligning the phone on thepad again.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERIf equipped with a cigarette lighter, itis located in the center console nearthe cupholders. Press on the accessdoor to open it and use the lighter.



To use the cigarette lighter, push it inall the way, and let go. When it isready, it will pop back out by itself.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let the lighterback away from the heating elementwhen it is hot. Damage fromoverheating can occur to the lighteror heating element, or a fuse couldbe blown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

ASHTRAYSIf equipped, the ashtray is in thecenter console cupholder.

Caution

If papers, pins, or other flammableitems are put in the ashtray, hotcigarettes or other smokingmaterials could ignite them andpossibly damage the vehicle. Neverput flammable items in the ashtray.

To remove the ashtray, pull it from thecupholder. Push it back down to besure it is secure.

WARNING LIGHTS,GAUGES, ANDINDICATORSWarning lights and gauges can signalthat something is wrong before itbecomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to the warning lightsand gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started to indicatethey are working. When one of thewarning lights comes on and stays onwhile driving, or when one of thegauges shows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.



INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (BASE LEVEL CLUSTER)

English Base Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster has three interactivedisplay zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightsteering wheel control to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

The left and right zones display DriverInformation Center (DIC) information.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 135.

The center zone displays applicationinformation for navigation, audio,phone, or options. A speedometer canalso be displayed in this center zone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, a compasswill be displayed. If there is an activeroute, press SEL to end route guidanceor turn the voice prompts on or off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menusearch for music, select from favorites,or change the audio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favorites,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Settings

Press SEL while the Settingsapplication page is displayed to enterthe Settings menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Units menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing SEL while the desired item ishighlighted. A checkmark will bedisplayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while Info Pagesis highlighted to select the items to bedisplayed in the DIC informationdisplays. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 135.

Fav Button Options : Press SEL whileFav Button Options is highlighted toselect between FAV Primary and SEEKPrimary. This selection allows for

configuration of the C andBsteering wheel controls. When FAV

Primary is selected, pressing C andB will go to the next or previous

favorite and pressing and holding CandB will seek. When SEEK Primary

is selected, pressingC andB will

seek and pressing and holding C andB will go to the next or previousfavorite.

Open Source Software : Press SELwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.



INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (UPLEVEL CLUSTER)

English Uplevel Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display area inthe center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control toopen and scroll through the differentitems and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

Info App

This is where the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC) displays canbe viewed. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135.

Audio

Press SEL to select the Audio app,

then press T to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,

or change the audio source. Usey orz to change the station or go to thenext or previous track.

Phone

Press SEL to select the Phone app,

then press T to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recent calls,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Navigation

Press SEL to select the Navigation app,

then press T to enter the Navigationmenu. If there is no active route, youcan resume the last route and turn thevoice prompts on/off. If there is anactive route, press SEL to cancel orresume route guidance or turn thevoice prompts on or off.

Settings

Press SEL to select the Settings app,

then press T to enter the Settings

menu. Usey orz to scroll throughitems in the Settings menu.

Units : Press T while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metricunits by pressing SEL while the

desired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed next tothe selected item.

Display Themes : There are threeinstrument cluster displayconfigurations to choose from:Standard, Technology, and Media.

Info Pages : Press T while Info Pagesis displayed to enter the Info Pagesmenu and select the items to bedisplayed in the Info app. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 135.

Open Source Software : Press SELwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SPEEDOMETERThe speedometer shows the vehicle'sspeed in either kilometers per hour(km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

ODOMETERThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.



TRIP ODOMETERThe trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135.

TACHOMETERThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is in ON/RUN, the tachometer indicates thevehicle status. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but the vehicleis on and can move. The engine couldauto start at any time. When theindicator points to OFF, the vehicleis off.

When the engine is on, the tachometerwill indicate the engine’s revolutionsper minute (rpm). The tachometermay vary by several hundred rpm’s,during Auto Stop mode, when theengine is shutting off and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining the mostfuel efficient operating range.

FUEL GAUGE

Base Level

Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how much fuelis left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuel gaugepointing to the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still is alittle fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe refueled soon.

Here are four things that some ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:



. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuel tofill up than the gauge indicated.For example, the gauge may haveindicated the tank was half full,but it actually took a little more orless than half the tank's capacity tofill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few seconds tostabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.

ENGINE OIL PRESSUREGAUGE (UPLEVEL CLUSTER)

Metric, Standard Theme Shown

English, Standard Theme Shown

The engine oil pressure gaugeshows the engine oil pressurein kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds persquare inch) when the engine isrunning.

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity.

On some models, the oil pump willvary engine oil pressure according toengine needs. Oil pressure may changequickly as the engine speed or loadvaries. This is normal.



If the oil pressure warning light orDriver Information Center (DIC)message indicates oil pressure outsidethe normal operating range, check thevehicle's oil as soon as possible. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 144.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Check the oillevel as soon as possible. Add oil ifrequired, but if the oil level is withinthe operating range and the oilpressure is still low, have the vehicleserviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

Metric Base Level

English Base Level

Metric Uplevel



English Uplevel

This gauge measures the temperatureof the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normal operatingconditions, if the needle moves intothe shaded area, the engine is too hot.Pull off the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon as possible.

VOLTMETER GAUGE(UPLEVEL CLUSTER)

Standard Theme

When the ignition is on, this gaugeindicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The gauge cantransition from a higher to lower or alower to higher reading. This isnormal. If the vehicle is operatingoutside the normal operating range,the charging system light comes on.See Charging System Light 0 127.

Readings outside the normal operatingrange can also occur when a largenumber of electrical accessories areoperating in the vehicle and theengine is left idling for an extendedperiod. This condition is normal sincethe charging system is not able toprovide full power at engine idle. Asengine speeds are increased, thiscondition should correct itself ashigher engine speeds allow thecharging system to create maximumpower.

The vehicle can only be driven for ashort time with the readings outsidethe normal operating range. If thevehicle must be driven, turn off allaccessories, such as the radio and airconditioner, and unplug all chargersand accessories.

Readings outside the normal operatingrange indicate a possible problem inthe electrical system. Have the vehicleserviced as soon as possible.



SAFETY BELT REMINDERS

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind the driver to fasten their safetybelt. Then the light stays on solid untilthe belt is buckled. This cycle maycontinue several times if the driverremains or becomes unbuckled whilethe vehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 78.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind passengers to fasten theirsafety belt. Then the light stays onsolid until the belt is buckled. Thiscycle continues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the passenger safety belt is buckled,neither the chime nor the lightcomes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat such asa briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device. To

turn off the reminder light and/orchime, remove the object from theseat or buckle the safety belt.

AIRBAG READINESS LIGHTThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includes theairbag sensor(s), the passenger sensingsystem, the pretensioners, the airbagmodules, the wiring, and the crashsensing and diagnostic module. Formore information on the airbagsystem, see Airbag System 0 73.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when the vehicle isstarted. If the light does not come onthen, have it fixed immediately.



{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson while driving, it means theairbag system might not be workingproperly. The airbags in the vehiclemight not inflate in a crash, or theycould even inflate without a crash.To help avoid injury, have thevehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on. SeeAirbag System Messages 0 148.

PASSENGER AIRBAGSTATUS INDICATORThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger Sensing System0 78 for important safety information.The overhead console has a passengerairbag status indicator.


Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicator willlight ON and OFF, or the symbol foron and off, for several seconds as asystem check. Then, after several moreseconds, the status indicator will lighteither ON or OFF, or either the on oroff symbol, to let you know the statusof the front outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol is liton the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is liton the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the passengersensing system has turned off thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. See yourdealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have thevehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 125 formore information, includingimportant safety information.



CHARGING SYSTEM LIGHT

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turned on,but the engine is not running, as acheck to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comes on whiledriving, there may be a problem withthe electrical charging system. Have itchecked by your dealer. Driving whilethis light is on could drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver Information Center(DIC) also displays a message.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 141.

If a short distance must be driven withthe light on, be sure to turn off allaccessories, such as the radio and airconditioner.

MALFUNCTION INDICATORLAMP (CHECK ENGINELIGHT)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-board diagnosticsystem. If this light is on while theengine is running, a malfunction hasbeen detected and the vehicle mayrequire service. The light should comeon to show that it is working when theignition is in Service Only Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 190.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly when itcomes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may not runsmoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairs that might not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do not meetthe original tire specifications, cancause this light to come on. Thiscould lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also affect the vehicle’sability to pass an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications 0 248.



If the light is flashing : A malfunctionhas been detected that could damagethe emission control system andincrease vehicle emissions. Diagnosisand service may be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce the amountof cargo being hauled as soon aspossible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicle offand wait at least 10 seconds beforerestarting the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previousguidelines and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may be required.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it has beenremoved. See “Filling the Tankwith a Portable Gas Can” underFilling the Tank 0 236. The

diagnostic system can detect if theadapter has been left installed inthe vehicle, allowing fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with theadapter removed may turn off thelight.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change the fuelbrand. It may require at least onefull tank of the proper fuel to turnthe light off. See Fuel 0 235.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, the testequipment will likely connect to thevehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steering wheel.Connecting devices that are not usedto perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service thevehicle may affect vehicle operation.See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 245.See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not pass inspection if:

. The light is on when the engine isrunning.

. The light does not come on whenthe ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen if the



12-volt battery has recently beenreplaced or run down, or if thevehicle has been recently serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will notpass or cannot be made ready forthe test.

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNINGLIGHTThe vehicle brake system consists oftwo hydraulic circuits. If one circuit isnot working, the remaining circuit canstill work to stop the vehicle. Fornormal braking performance, bothcircuits need to be working.

If the warning light comes on, there isa brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on. Drivingwith the brake system warning lighton can lead to a crash. If the light isstill on after the vehicle has beenpulled off the road and carefullystopped, have the vehicle towed forservice.

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKELIGHT

Metric English

This light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system or another system.A message may also display in theDriver Information Center (DIC). SeeBrake System Messages 0 142.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.



SERVICE ELECTRICPARKING BRAKE LIGHT

On some vehicles the service electricparking brake light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN.If it does not come on, have it fixed soit will be ready to warn if there is aproblem. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when the vehicle is inON/RUN.

If this light stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to a dealer as soon aspossible. See Electric Parking Brake0 204. If a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), seeBrake System Messages 0 142.

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS) WARNING LIGHT

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possible andturn off the vehicle. Then start theengine again to reset the system. If theABS light stays on, or comes on againwhile driving, the vehicle needsservice. A chime may also sound whenthe light comes on steady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, but theantilock brakes are not functioning.

If both the ABS and the brake systemwarning light are on, the vehicle'santilock brakes are not functioning

and there is a problem with theregular brakes. See your dealer forservice.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 129and Brake System Messages 0 142.

LANE KEEP ASSIST (LKA)LIGHT

For some vehicles, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane marking



without using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW) alert,to indicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 233.

VEHICLE AHEAD INDICATOR

If equipped, this indicator will displaygreen when a vehicle is detected aheadand amber when you are following avehicle ahead much too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225.

PEDESTRIAN AHEADINDICATOR

If equipped, this indicator will displayamber when a nearby pedestrian isdetected directly in front of thevehicle.


TRACTION OFF LIGHT

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light then turns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed will belimited when necessary to protect thedriveline from damage. Adjust drivingaccordingly.


STABILITRAK® OFF LIGHT

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS and theStabiliTrak systems, and the warninglight turns off.


TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM (TCS)/STABILITRAK® LIGHT

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) message maydisplay. Check the DIC messages todetermine which feature(s) is nolonger functioning and whether thevehicle requires service. See RideControl System Messages 0 148.

If the light is on and flashing, the TCSand/or the StabiliTrak system isactively working.


ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE WARNINGLIGHT

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicator lightgoes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Driving withthis light on can damage the engineand it may not be covered by thevehicle warranty. See EngineOverheating 0 259.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 259.



TIRE PRESSURE LIGHT

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides information abouttire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of thetires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tirepressure message may also display. SeeTire Messages 0 150. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires to thepressure value shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 283.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the light willcome on at every ignition cycle. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 286.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURELIGHT

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Check the oillevel as soon as possible. Add oil ifrequired, but if the oil level is withinthe operating range and the oilpressure is still low, have the vehicleserviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehicle couldbe low on oil and might have someother system problem. See your dealer.

LOW FUEL WARNING LIGHT

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.



It also comes on when the fuel tank islow on fuel. The light turns off whenfuel is added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

SECURITY LIGHT

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If the systemis working normally, the indicator lightturns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 44.

HIGH-BEAM ON LIGHT

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 164.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 162.

LAMPS ON REMINDER

This light comes on when the exteriorlamps are in use. See Exterior LampControls 0 162.

CRUISE CONTROL LIGHT

The cruise control light is white whenthe cruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise control isset and active.

See Cruise Control 0 209.



Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when theAdaptive Cruise Control (if equipped)is active. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 211.

DOOR AJAR LIGHT

For vehicles equipped with this light, itcomes on when a door is open or notsecurely latched. Before driving, checkthat all doors are properly closed. SeeDoor Ajar Messages 0 143 for moreinformation.

INFORMATION DISPLAYS

DRIVER INFORMATIONCENTER (DIC)The DIC is displayed in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Press to go to the previousor next selection.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in the cluster.

Press S to go back to theprevious menu.



SEL : Press to open a menu or select amenu item. Press and hold to resetvalues on certain screens.

DIC Information Display Options

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages and press T.

3. Pressy orz to move throughthe list of possible info displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of all possibleDIC information displays. Some of theinformation displays may not beavailable for your particular vehicle.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 or Trip 2 : The Trip displayshows the current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was last reset.The trip odometer can be reset bypressing and holding SEL while thisdisplay is active.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is low onfuel. The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy : Shows theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditions change.The Average Fuel Economy can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Showsthe current fuel economy in eitherliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg). This numberreflects only the approximate fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow and changes frequently as drivingconditions change.

Average Speed : Shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometers perhour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).This average is calculated based on thevarious vehicle speeds recorded sincethe last reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used as atimer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. The displaywill show the amount of time that haspassed since the timer was last reset.To stop the timer, press SEL brieflywhile this display is active and thetimer is running. To reset the timer tozero, press and hold SEL while thisdisplay is active.



Speed Limit : Shows the current speedlimit. The information for this pagecomes from a roadway database.

Speed Warning : Allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press SEL when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressy orz to adjust thevalue. This feature can be turned offby pressing and holding SEL whileviewing this page. If the selected speedlimit is exceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows the speed thecruise control or Adaptive CruiseControl is set to.

Driver Assistance (Uplevel Cluster) :Shows information for Lane KeepAssist (LKA), Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), and Forward Collision Alert(FCA). The display shows if there is avehicle detected ahead, and thecurrent FCA timing setting. Inaddition, when ACC is not engaged,the current follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time value onthis page.

Battery Voltage (Base Cluster) : Showsthe current battery voltage.

Fuel Economy : Displays average fueleconomy, the best fuel economy overthe selected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fuel economy.

Economy Trend : Shows history of theAverage Fuel Economy from the last50 km (30 mi). Each bar representsabout 5 km (3 mi) of driving. Duringdriving the bars will shift to alwaysreflect the most recent distance on theright side. Press and hold SEL to clear

the graph or press T to reset throughthe menu.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil'sremaining useful life. If REMAININGOIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means99% of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. See EngineOil Messages 0 144. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible. SeeEngine Oil 0 252. In addition to theengine oil life system monitoring theoil life, additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 325.

The Oil Life display must be reset aftereach oil change. It will not reset itself.Do not reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately until thenext oil change. To reset the engine oillife system, press and hold SEL forseveral seconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 254.

Oil Temperature : Shows the currentoil temperature in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa) or inpounds per square inch (psi).

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximatepressures of all four tires. Tire pressureis displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).If the pressure is low, the value forthat tire is shown in amber. See TirePressure Monitor System 0 285 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 286.

Blank Page : Allows for no informationto be displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.



HEAD-UP DISPLAY (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning the operationof the vehicle is projected onto thewindshield. The image is projectedthrough the HUD lens on top of theinstrument panel. The informationappears as an image focused outtoward the front of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image asa parking aid, you may misjudge thedistance and damage your vehicle.Do not use the HUD image as aparking aid.

The HUD information can be displayedin various languages in some vehicles.The speedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayed ineither English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed through theinstrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151 and “ClusterApplication Displays” under InstrumentCluster (Base Level Cluster) 0 117 orInstrument Cluster (UplevelCluster) 0 119.

HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Tachometer

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist

. Low Fuel



The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press down or lift up to centerthe HUD image. The HUD image canonly be adjusted up and down, notside to side.

! : Press to select the display view.Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift up and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press down and hold to dimthe display. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automatically dimand brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUD brightnesscontrol can also be adjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarily lightup depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could make theHUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information and vehiclemessages or alerts may be displayed inany view.

Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, AdaptiveCruise Control speed, Lane DepartureWarning, and Vehicle Ahead indicator.Some information only appears onvehicles that have these features, andwhen they are active.

Metric



English

Audio/Phone View : This displays thespeed view along with audio/phoneinformation. The current radio station,media type, and incoming calls will bedisplayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearing inthe instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing in theinstrument cluster may also display inany HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This display includesthe information in the speed viewalong with Turn-by-Turn Navigationinformation in some vehicles. Thecompass heading is displayed whennavigation routing is not active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shownin the instrument cluster may also bedisplayed in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Performance View : This displays thespeedometer reading, rpm reading,transmission positions, and gear shiftindicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity of theHUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe thelens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is not toodim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.



. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see WindshieldReplacement 0 266.

VEHICLE MESSAGESMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiple messagesmay display one after the other.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared by pressingSEL. The messages that requireimmediate action cannot be cleareduntil that action is performed. Allmessages should be taken seriouslyand clearing the messages does notcorrect the problem.

The following are some of the vehiclemessages that may be displayeddepending on the vehicle content.

BATTERY VOLTAGE ANDCHARGING MESSAGES

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features of the

vehicle that may be noticed. At thepoint that features are disabled, thismessage displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allow thebattery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 263.

SERVICE BATTERY CHARGINGSYSTEM

This message is displayed when thereis a fault in the battery chargingsystem. Take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while in thismode, including Remote KeylessEntry (RKE), remote start, and thevehicle alarm system. Take the vehicleto your dealer for service to turntransport mode off.



BRAKE SYSTEM MESSAGES

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 262.

BRAKES OVERHEATED

This message is displayed when thebrakes are becoming overheated. Thismay be seen when driving on hills.Shift to a lower gear.

STEP ON BRAKE TO RELEASEPARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the Electric ParkingBrake without the brake pedal applied.See Electric Parking Brake 0 204.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 204.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayed whenthere is a problem with the brakeboost assist system. The brake boost

assist motor may be heard and brakepedal pulsation may be felt. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed when thereis a problem with the parking brake.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

COMPASS MESSAGES

CAL

This message is displayed when thecompass needs to be calibrated. SeeCompass 0 113.

– –

Dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See your dealerfor service.

CRUISE CONTROLMESSAGES

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) speed isset. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 211.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) when it is temporarilyunavailable. The ACC system does notneed service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaning instructions,see Exterior Care 0 314.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.



CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when the cruisecontrol speed is set. See CruiseControl 0 209.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS PEDALAPPLIED

This message displays when AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) is active and thedriver is pressing the gas pedal. Whenthis occurs, ACC will not brake. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 211.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE EXITING

This message may display if AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) is engagedholding the vehicle at a stop, and thedriver attempts to exit the vehicle. Putthe vehicle in P (Park) before exiting.

DOOR AJAR MESSAGES

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will be displayedon the DIC showing which door isopen. If the vehicle has been shiftedout of P (Park), a DOOR OPEN messagewill also be displayed. Close the doorcompletely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along with ahood open symbol when the hood isopen. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display along with asymbol when the liftgate is open.Close the liftgate completely.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMMESSAGES

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature. Toavoid added strain on a hot engine,

the air conditioning compressorautomatically turns off. When thecoolant temperature returns to normal,the air conditioning compressor turnsback on. The vehicle can continue tobe driven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED — IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idle untilit cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED — STOPENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if the enginecooling system reaches unsafetemperatures for operation. Stop andturn off the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so to avoid severe damage.This message clears when the enginehas cooled to a safe operatingtemperature.



ENGINE OIL MESSAGES

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed. Whenyou change the engine oil, be sure toreset the oil life system. See Engine OilLife System 0 254, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135, Engine Oil 0 252,and Maintenance Schedule 0 325.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot. Stopand allow the vehicle to idle until itcools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil level maybe too low. Check the oil level beforefilling to the recommended level.If the oil is not low and this messageremains on, take the vehicle to yourdealer for service. See Engine Oil 0 252.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop the vehicleas soon as safely possible and do notoperate it until the cause of the low oilpressure has been corrected. Check theoil as soon as possible and have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

ENGINE POWER MESSAGES

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affect thevehicle's ability to accelerate. If thismessage is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceed toyour destination. The performancemay be reduced the next time thevehicle is driven. The vehicle may bedriven at a reduced speed while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. Anytime this message stayson, or displays repeatedly, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

FUEL SYSTEM MESSAGES

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as soonas possible.

KEY AND LOCK MESSAGES

NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE

This message displays when trying tostart the vehicle if an RKE transmitteris not detected. The transmitterbattery may be weak. See “Starting theVehicle with a Low TransmitterBattery” under Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.



NO REMOTE DETECTED PRESSBRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicle andthe RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowed withoutthe RKE transmitter for five minutes.Press the brake pedal and ENGINESTART/STOP to restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYS PROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to the vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays when leavingthe vehicle with the RKE transmitterstill inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

LAMP MESSAGES

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 164.

XX TURN INDICATOR FAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to show whichbulb needs to be replaced. See BulbReplacement 0 266.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if the turnsignal has been left on. Turn off theturn signal.

OBJECT DETECTIONSYSTEM MESSAGES

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when driving incertain areas where there may be radarinterference. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert (FCA),

and Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)may not work or may not work as well.The vehicle does not need service.

FORWARD COLLISION ALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FORWARD COLLISIONSYSTEM OFF

This message displays when ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) has beenturned off. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 228.

FORWARD COLLISION SYSTEMREDUCED

This message displays when ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) has been setto the Alert setting. This settingdisables FAB functions. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 228.



FORWARD COLLISION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) has beenunavailable for some time. FAB doesnot need service. This message candisplay under the following conditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keep theseareas clean and free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. For cleaninginstructions, see ExteriorCare 0 314.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also be displayed ifthere is a problem with the StabiliTraksystem. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 206.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED CLEANWINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. The FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB), Lane Keep

Assist (LKA), and Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) features will notoperate. Cleaning the outside of thewindshield behind the rearview mirrormay correct the issue.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that the driverhas turned the Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) and Lane Change Alert (LCA)systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when the LaneKeep Assist (LKA) and Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system is temporarilyunavailable. The LKA system does notneed service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Clean theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARKASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has been turnedoff or when there is a temporarycondition causing the system to bedisabled.

REAR AUTO BRAKE AND PARKASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the parking andbacking features of the DriverAssistance System when they aretemporarily unavailable. The systemdoes not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaning instructions,see Exterior Care 0 314.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

See Driver Assistance Systems 0 219.



SERVICE FORWARD COLLISIONSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and/orForward Automatic Braking (FAB) maynot work. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB), AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing, LaneKeep Assist (LKA), and/or LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) may notwork. Do not use these systems untilthe vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer. Do not use the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB), Forward Collision Alert

(FCA), Forward Automatic Braking(FAB), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), andLane Departure Warning (LDW)features.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system to helpyou park. See your dealer for service.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE ANDPARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the parking and backingfeatures of the Driver AssistanceSystem. Do not use this system to helppark or back the vehicle. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Take the vehicle to yourdealer. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),Lane Change Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) features willnot work.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) are disabled either because thesensor is blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, where there isinsufficient data for operation. Thismessage may also activate duringheavy rain or due to road spray. Thevehicle does not need service. Forcleaning, see "Washing the Vehicle"under Exterior Care 0 314.

TAKE STEERING

If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheel todismiss. See Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 233.



RIDE CONTROL SYSTEMMESSAGES

AWD OFF

This message displays when All-WheelDrive (AWD) is temporarilyunavailable. The vehicle will be inFront-Wheel Drive (FWD). This couldbe caused by:

. Extended driving on slipperysurfaces or severe drivingconditions. AWD enters protectivemode to prevent damage.

. A compact spare tire on thevehicle. See Compact SpareTire 0 308.

This message turns off when thecompact spare tire is replaced or theconditions are no longer present. Toreset the message manually, turn theignition off and then back on after30 seconds. If the message stays on,see your dealer.

AWD RECOMMENDED CHANGEDRIVER MODE

This message displays if the AWDsystem detects too much wheel slipwhile operating in Front-Wheel Drive(FWD). See All-Wheel Drive 0 202.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays when there is aproblem with the AWD system.A number of issues could cause thismessage. The AWD system mayrequire service.

The vehicle will operate in FWD. Stopwhen it is safe and turn off theignition for 30 seconds. Restart thevehicle and check for the message.If the message does not appear,service is not required. If the messagedisplays again, the system needsservice. Contact your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 206.

SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Traction ControlSystem (TCS). See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206.

AIRBAG SYSTEMMESSAGES

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.



SAFETY BELT MESSAGES

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped, becomesunavailable. This could be caused by atemporary condition. If the messagecontinues to display, see your dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped.

SECURITY MESSAGES

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

SERVICE VEHICLEMESSAGES

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displays and areduction in steering performance orloss of power steering assistance isnoticed, see your dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

STEERING SYSTEMMESSAGES

ACTION REQUIRED TURNSTEERING WHEEL STARTVEHICLE AGAIN

This message displays to indicate thatthe steering column lock device wasunable to unlock the column, and theengine did not start. If this happens,immediately turn the steering wheelfrom side to side. If that does not

unlock the steering column, turn theignition off, and then open the driverdoor. Then turn the vehicle back onand turn the steering wheel from sideto side for about 15 seconds. Thesteering column must be turned toeach side immediately after pressingENGINE START/STOP to help thesteering column lock device unlock thecolumn. In some situations it may takesignificant force. This situation may beavoided by straightening the frontwheels before turning off the engine.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays when a problemwith the steering column lock devicehas been detected. See your dealer forservice.

STEERING COLUMN LOCKED

This message displays when thesteering column is locked with theengine running. It is normal for thesteering column to be locked during aremote start. The steering columnshould unlock after the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP are pressed.



STARTING THE VEHICLEMESSAGES

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehicle withoutfirst pressing the brake pedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there is aproblem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.

TIRE MESSAGES

SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 286.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 286.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD AIRTO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT REAR,or RIGHT REAR to indicate thelocation of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning light willalso come on. See Tire PressureLight 0 133.

If a tire pressure message appears onthe DIC, stop as soon as possible.Inflate the tires by adding air until thetire pressure is equal to the valuesshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tires 0 276,Vehicle Load Limits 0 186, and TirePressure 0 283.

More than one tire pressure messagecan appear at a time. The DIC alsoshows the tire pressure values. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 135.

TRANSMISSION MESSAGES

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

There may be a problem with thetransmission. See your dealer.

SERVICE TRANSMISSION NOWUNABLE TO SHIFT SOON

The transmission needs service. Unlessthe vehicle is serviced, thetransmission will be unable to beshifted out of P (Park) soon. Have thevehicle serviced as soon as possible.

SERVICE SHIFTER SEE OWNER’SMANUAL

The shift lever needs service. Have thevehicle serviced as soon as possible.If the vehicle is automatically shiftinginto P (Park), check to see if the parkbutton is stuck. To operate the vehicle,hold the shift lever in the desired gear,R (Reverse) or D (Drive), until vehiclespeed exceeds 15 km/h (10 mph), thenrelease the shift lever.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingManual Mode and attempting to shiftto a gear not appropriate for the



vehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). See ManualMode 0 201.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid in thevehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle. Stopthe vehicle and let it idle to allow thetransmission to cool. This messageclears when the fluid temperaturereaches a safe level.

VEHICLE REMINDERMESSAGES

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control. SeeWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 110.

VEHICLE SPEED MESSAGES

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 135.

WASHER FLUID MESSAGES

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soon aspossible. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 251 for the location of thewindshield washer reservoir. Also, seeWasher Fluid 0 260.

VEHICLEPERSONALIZATIONUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menus forcustomizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Depending onthe vehicle, some may not be available.

Infotainment System Audio SystemControls

To access the personalization menu:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainment systemdisplay.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch S Back to exit or movebackward in a menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date



. Language (Language)

. Teen Driver

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in the followinginformation.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 113.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select from theavailable language(s).

The selected language will display onthe system, and voice recognition willreflect the selected language.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainment systemand steering wheel controls. It mayalso limit access to vehicle storagelocations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Touch and the following may display:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start Up Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited. See“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” under“Radio” in the infotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Touch to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment system willautomatically adjust the number offavorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible Touch Feedback tobe turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volume basedon the noise in the vehicle. See “BoseAudioPilot Noise CompensationTechnology” under “InfotainmentSystem Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.



Select Off or On.

Maximum Start Up Volume

This feature sets the maximum startupvolume. If the vehicle is started andthe volume is greater than this level,the volume is adjusted to this level.

To set the maximum startup volume,touch + or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following may display:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate ventilated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 61.

Select Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate heated seats atthe level required by the interiortemperature. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 61.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperature andhumidity conditions that may causefogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows the Auto RearDefog to be turned on or off. Thisfeature will automatically turn on therear window defogger when it is coldoutside.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/Detection Systemsmenu and the following may bedisplayed if equipped:

. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. This settingaffects all crash alerts includingForward Collision, Lane DepartureWarning, Adaptive Cruise Control,Parking Assist, and Backing Warningalerts.



Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Forward Collision System

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA and FABfunctions. With the Alert and Brakesetting, both FCA and FAB areavailable. The Alert setting disablesFAB. See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 228.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-end crasheswith nearby pedestrians.


Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provides whenit has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then that vehicledrives on.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the feature to be turned onor off. See Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 231.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Rainsense Wipers

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recalls thecurrent driver’s previously stored 1 or2 button positions when entering thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recalls thecurrent driver’s previously stored Exitbutton position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of the chimevolume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger outside mirrors will tiltdownward when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels. Theywill return to their previous drivingposition when the vehicle is shifted



out of R (Reverse) or the engine isturned off. See Reverse TiltMirrors 0 47.

Select Off, On - Driver and Passenger,On - Driver, or On - Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside rearview mirrorswill automatically fold or unfold whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

transmitter Q or K button is pressedand held. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Select Off or On.

Rainsense Wipers

When on, the normal intermittentwiper control becomes a Rainsensesensitivity control. See “Rainsense” inWindshield Wiper/Washer 0 110.

Select Off or On.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of the exteriorlamps and most of the interior lamps

to turn on briefly when K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of how longthe exterior lamps stay on whenleaving the vehicle when it is darkoutside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock



. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps will flashwhen unlocking the vehicle with theRKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doors

will unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, this featurewill turn the ventilated seats on whenusing remote start on warm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, this featurewill turn the heated seats on whenusing remote start on cold days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enables theremote operation of all windows fromthe RKE transmitter. See “RemoteWindow Operation” in PowerWindows 0 50.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of what doorswill unlock when using the button onthe driver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selects feedback.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

Select Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when theRKE transmitter is left in the vehicle.This menu also enables Remote NoLonger In Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.



Device Management

Select to connect to a different phonesource, disconnect a phone, or delete aphone.

Ringtones

Touch to change the ring tone for thespecific phone. The phone does notneed to be connected to change thering tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones. Tochange the voice mail number, selectEDIT or press the EDIT button. Type anew number, then select SAVE orpress the SAVE button.

Text Message Alerts

This feature allows text messages to bereceived. See “Text Messaging” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices to beconnected to the infotainment systemthrough a USB port. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices. AppleCarPlay must be on for this feature tobe accessed. See “Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto” under “Phone” in theinfotainment manual.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustment ofthe sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More or Confirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voice promptlength.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.



Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives voice command tips.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Proximity Sensing

. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttons andfeatures will become visible when ahand approaches the screen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Mode

Select to change the display screen forday or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn the display on.

Rear Camera

This allows for Rear Parking AssistSymbols and Guidance Lines to beturned off or on.

Select Off or On for the desiredfeature.


Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restore radiosettings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Touch to view the version of theinfotainment system software.



UNIVERSAL REMOTESYSTEMSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 348.

UNIVERSAL REMOTESYSTEM PROGRAMMING

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, and home

automation devices. These instructionsrefer to a garage door opener, but canbe used for other devices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehicles aswell as for future programming. Erasethe programming when vehicleownership is terminated. See “ErasingUniversal Remote System Buttons”later in this section.

To program a garage door opener, parkoutside directly in line with and facingthe garage door opener receiver. Clearall people and objects near thegarage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involves time-sensitiveactions, and may time out causing theprocedure to be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. Thehand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press and holdboth the hand-held transmitterbutton and one of the threeUniversal Remote system buttonsto be used to operate the garagedoor. Do not release either button



until the indicator light changesfrom a slow to a rapid flash.Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under “RadioSignals for Canada and SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicator lightand garage door activation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when the buttonis pressed, then programmingis complete. There is no needto complete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light does notcome on or the garage doordoes not move, a secondbutton press may be required.For a second time, press andhold the newly programmedbutton for five seconds. If the

light stays on or the garagedoor moves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds, thenchanges to a solid light andthe garage door does notmove, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside garage on the garage dooropener receiver. The name andcolor of the button may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and holdthe newly programmed UniversalRemote system button fortwo seconds and then release it.If the garage door does not moveor the lamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the same button asecond time for two seconds,then release it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garage doorlamp does not flash, press andhold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease it.

The Universal Remote system shouldnow activate the garage door.

Repeat the process for programmingthe two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds of transmission.



This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” with thefollowing:

Press and hold the Universal Remotesystem button while pressing andreleasing the hand-held transmitterbutton every two seconds until thesignal has been successfully acceptedby the Universal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

UNIVERSAL REMOTESYSTEM OPERATION

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button for atleast one-half second. The indicatorlight will come on while the signal isbeing transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


162 LIGHTING

LIGHTING

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 162Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . 164Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Automatic Headlamp System . . . . 164Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 165Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . 168Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

EXTERIOR LIGHTING

EXTERIOR LAMP CONTROLS

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps. Theknob returns to the AUTO position

after it is released. Turn to O again toreactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps on andoff according to surrounding trafficconditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is dark enoughand there is no other traffic present.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


LIGHTING 163

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,press the button on the end of theturn signal lever when the exterior

lamp control is in the AUTO or2position. The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the top centerof the windshield that automaticallycontrols the system. Keep this area ofthe windshield clear of debris to allowfor best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on,under the automatic control, until oneof the following situations occurs:

. The system detects an approachingvehicle's headlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is bright enoughthat high-beam headlamps are notrequired.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system is disabledby the high/low-beam changer orthe flash-to-pass feature. If thishappens, press the button on theend of the turn signal lever whenthe exterior lamp control is in the

AUTO or2 position. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 164 andFlash-to-Pass 0 164.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lamps becauseof any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructed fromview, or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to dense exhaust,smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist,or other airborne obstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the view ofthe light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that thefront end points upward, causingthe light sensor to aim high andnot detect headlamps andtaillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam headlampsmay need to be disabled if any of theabove conditions exist.


164 LIGHTING

EXTERIOR LAMPS OFFREMINDERA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition is offand the exterior lamps are on.

HEADLAMP HIGH/LOW-BEAM CHANGER3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn the highbeams on. To return to low beams,push the lever again or pull it towardyou and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

FLASH-TO-PASSTo flash the high beams, pull the turnsignal lever toward you, and release.

DAYTIME RUNNINGLAMPS (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The dedicated DRL will come on whenall of the following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when the headlamps

are turned to O or the ignition is off.

AUTOMATIC HEADLAMPSYSTEMWhen the exterior lamp control is setto AUTO and it is dark enough outside,the headlamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If it islight outside when the vehicle leaves


LIGHTING 165

the garage, there is a slight delaybefore the automatic headlamp systemchanges to the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL). During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness control isin the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 166.

When it is bright enough outside, theheadlamps will turn off or may changeto DRL.

The automatic headlamp system turnsoff when the exterior lamp control is

turned to O or the ignition is off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when thetransmission is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activatedin daylight with the engine on, and theexterior lamp control is in AUTO, theheadlamps, parking lamps, and otherexterior lamps come on. The transitiontime for the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. When thewipers are not operating, these lamps

turn off. Move the exterior lamp

control to O or; to disable thisfeature.

HAZARD WARNINGFLASHERS

| : Touch| on the center stack tomake the front and rear turn signallamps flash on and off. Touch again toturn the flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

TURN AND LANE-CHANGESIGNALS

Move the lever all the way up or downto signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until the arrowstarts to flash to signal a lane change.Hold it there until the lane change iscompleted. If the lever is brieflypressed and released, the turn signalflashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signal canbe turned off manually by moving thelever back to its original position.


166 LIGHTING

If after signaling a turn or lane change,the arrow flashes rapidly or does notcome on, a signal bulb may beburned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 268.

CORNERING LAMPSIf equipped with cornering lamps, theyautomatically come on when all of thefollowing occur:

. The low-beam headlamps are on.

. The turn signals are activated orthe steering wheel is at acalibrated angle.

. The vehicle speed is below thecalibrated speed.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

INSTRUMENT PANELILLUMINATION CONTROL

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrument panelillumination control will set the lowestlevel to which the display will beautomatically adjusted.

COURTESY LAMPSThe courtesy lamps come on when anydoor is opened unless the dome lampoverride is activated. To deactivate the

dome lamp override, pressj OFFand the indicator light on the buttonwill turn off.

DOME LAMPS

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.


LIGHTING 167

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off the domelamps when a door is open. Anindicator light on the button will turnon when the dome lamp override is

activated. Pressj OFF again todeactivate this feature and theindicator light will turn off. The domelamps will come on when doors areopened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

READING LAMPSThere are front and rear reading lampson the overhead console and over therear passenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when any dooris opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Press the lamp lenses on the frontreading lamps.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

LIGHTING FEATURES

ENTRY LIGHTINGSome exterior lamps and most of theinterior lights turn on briefly at night,

or in areas of limited lighting when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation0 27. When the driver door is opened,all control lights, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) lights, and door pocketlights turn on. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignition out

of the OFF position, or by pressing Qon the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

EXIT LIGHTINGSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition is


168 LIGHTING

turned off. The dome lamp comes onafter the ignition is changed to theOFF position. The exterior lamps anddome lamp remain on for a setamount of time, then automaticallyturn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 151.

BATTERY POWERPROTECTIONThe battery saver feature is designedto protect the vehicle's battery.

If some interior lamps are left on andthe ignition is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

EXTERIOR LIGHTINGBATTERY SAVERThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition is turnedoff, if the parking lamps or headlampshave been manually left on. Thisprotects against draining the battery.To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the offposition and then back to the parkinglamp or headlamp position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be in theACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position.


INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM 169

INFOTAINMENTSYSTEM

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

INTRODUCTION

INFOTAINMENTSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.


170 CLIMATE CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROLS

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Rear Climate Control System . . . . 175

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS

DUAL AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the heating,cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped)

4. Rear Window Defogger

5. Defrost

6. OFF (Fan)

7. Recirculation



CLIMATE CONTROLS 171

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control

4. Rear (Rear Climate Control TouchScreen)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

8. Driver and Passenger Air DeliveryMode Controls

Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settings canbe controlled by touching CLIMATE onthe infotainment home screen or theclimate button in the touch screenapplication tray. A selection can thenbe made on the front climate controlpage displayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate are

adjusted. The air delivery mode can beadjusted on the climate control statusscreen.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls thefan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle to thedesired temperature:

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature as neededfor best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation light will



not come on. Press@ to selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

English units can be changed to metricunits through the instrument cluster.See “Cluster Application Displays”under Instrument Cluster (Base LevelCluster) 0 117 or Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 119.

OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off.The front and rear climate displaysturn off when the fan is turned off.The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.

w /x : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driver andthe passenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Press andhold to rapidly increase or decreasethe temperature.

The driver and passenger temperaturescan also be adjusted by touching thebuttons on the touch screen.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to link all climate zone settingsto the driver settings. Adjust the driverside temperature control to change thelinked temperature. When the front or

rear passenger settings are adjusted,the SYNC indicator light turns offwhen the temperatures are unlinked.

Rear : If equipped, touch Rear on thefront climate control touch screen toopen the rear climate control screen.The rear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area. See Rear ClimateControl System 0 175.

Manual Operation

Q9 R : Press the fan control buttonsor the touch screen fan control, toincrease or decrease the fan speed.Press and hold the buttons or thetouch screen control to adjust speedmore quickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either button cancelsautomatic fan control and the fan canbe controlled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation. To turnoff the fan and climate control system,press and hold the fan down button ortouch screen fan control until it is off.

Air Delivery Mode Control : When theclimate information is displayed, touchthe desired air delivery mode on thetouch screen to change the directionof the airflow. The selected air delivery

mode button is lit. Touching any ofthe air delivery buttons cancelsautomatic air delivery control and thedirection of the airflow can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel outlets and the flooroutlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is directed to

the windshield. Press0 to turn on oroff. Changing the air delivery modealso turns the defrost off.

A/C : Touch A/C Mode on the touchscreen to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fan is



turned off or the outside temperaturefalls below freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditioner runsas needed.

@ : Press to alternate betweenrecirculating air inside the vehicle orpulling in outside air. The indicatorlight on the button is lit whenrecirculation mode is active. This helpsto quickly cool the air inside thevehicle or reduce the outside air andodors that might enter.

Pressing this button cancels automaticrecirculation. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation; recirculation runsautomatically as needed.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust to outsideair supply and turn on the air

conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is in ON/RUN. The defoggerturns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or OFF position.

The rear window defogger can be setto automatic operation. See “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151. When Auto RearDefog is selected, the rear windowdefogger turns on automatically whenthe interior temperature is cold andthe outside temperature is about 4 °C(40 °F) and below.

The upper grid lines on the rearwindow are antenna lines and are notintended to heat when the defogger isactivated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help to clearfog or frost from the surface of themirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of the frontwindshield and rear window with arazor blade or anything else that issharp. This may damage the rearwindow defogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) : PressJ or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.


PressC or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.



Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats :When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate the heatedor ventilated seats at the level requiredby the vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicated bythe manual heated seat buttons on thecenter stack. Use the manual heated orventilated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated or ventilatedseats off. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 61 and VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. The systemuses the driver’s previous settings toheat or cool the inside of the vehicle.The rear defog may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear defog indicatorlight does not come on during aremote start. If equipped with heatedor ventilated seats, they may come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 33 and Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 61.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near the windshield,monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed, recirculation,and air delivery mode for bestcomfort.

If the sensor is covered, the automaticclimate control system may not workproperly.



REAR CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMIf equipped, the rear climate control system is on the rear of the center console.The settings can be adjusted with the rear climate control buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Rear Seat Passenger Heated SeatControls

2. Air Delivery Mode Control


4. Fan Control

5. Rear Seat Passenger TemperatureControls

Rear Climate Touch Screen Controls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperatures)

5. REAR O (On/Off)

6. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

7. Rear Control Lockout

8. Rear Fan Controls

9. Air Delivery Mode Control



Rear : Touch Rear on the front climatecontrol touch screen to open the rearclimate control screen. The rearclimate control settings can now beadjusted from the frontpassenger area.

REAR O : Touch REAR O on thetouch screen to turn the rear climatecontrol on or off.

SYNC : Touch SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.The SYNC button will be lit.

Rear Control Lockout : Touch to lockor unlock control of the rear climatecontrol system from the rear seatpassengers. When locked, the rearclimate control can only be adjustedfrom the front seat.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Press to turn on or off. The airdelivery is controlled automatically.The AUTO indicator appears on thedisplay. If the air delivery mode or fanspeed is manually adjusted, thiscancels full automatic operation.

Manual Operation

] : Press the rear fan control up ordown to increase or decrease theairflow to the rear panel outlets. Therear climate airflow can also be

adjusted by touchingª or« on thefront climate touch screen.

Temperature Controls : Press up ordown to adjust the rear passengertemperature. The rear passengertemperature can also be adjusted by

touching Q for warmer air or R forcooler air on the rear climate touchscreen.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press upor down to select the desired airdelivery mode. The air delivery mode

can also be changed by touching[,\, orY on the rear climate touchscreen. This changes the direction ofthe airflow in the rear seating area.

If the rear floor air delivery mode isselected, the rear fan speed indicatorwill change when adjusted, but theairflow amount directed to the floorwill not. This is normal operation forthe system.

To activate the rear floor air delivery

mode, touch[ on the front climatecontrol touch screen.



AIR VENTS

Adjustable air vents are in the centerand on the sides of the instrumentpanel, and on the rear of the centerconsole storage.

Move the slider knobs to change thedirection of or to close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom air inlets at the base of thewindshield that could block theflow of air into the vehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affect theperformance of the system. Checkwith your dealer before addingequipment to the outside of thevehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restricts airflowand may cause damage to the airvents.

MAINTENANCE

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT AIR FILTERThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter should be replaced as part ofroutine scheduled maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.

See your dealer regarding replacementof the filter.

SERVICEThis vehicle has the newenvironmentally friendly refrigerant,R1234yf. This refrigerant has asignificantly reduced global warmingimpact on the environment, comparedto the traditional automotiverefrigerant, R-134a. All vehicles have alabel underhood that identifies therefrigerant used in the vehicle.

The refrigerant system should only beserviced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never be repaired orreplaced by one from a salvage vehicle.



It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper and safeoperation.

During service, all refrigerants shouldbe reclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to theenvironment and may also createunsafe conditions based on inhalation,combustion, frostbite, or otherhealth-based concerns.


DRIVING AND OPERATING 179

DRIVING ANDOPERATING

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . 184Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 198Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

BrakesAntilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . 203Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . 211

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . 219Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . 231Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . 231Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . 233

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235California Fuel Requirements . . . . 235Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . 236Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . . . 238Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . 245


180 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment . . . . 245

DRIVING INFORMATION

DISTRACTED DRIVINGDistraction comes in many forms andcan take your focus from the task ofdriving. Exercise good judgment anddo not let other activities divert yourattention away from the road. Manylocal governments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep youreyes on the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel, and focus yourattention on driving.

. Do not use a phone in demandingdriving situations. Use a hands-freemethod to place or receivenecessary phone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read, takenotes, or look up information onphones or other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passenger tohandle potential distractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings. Programall trip information into anynavigation device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked toretrieve items that have fallen tothe floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend tochildren.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrieror restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversations whiledriving, whether with a passengeror on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and using acell phone

DEFENSIVE DRIVINGDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The first stepin driving defensively is to wear thesafety belt. See Safety Belts 0 65.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

DRUNK DRIVINGDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by even asmall amount of alcohol. You canhave a serious — or even fatal —collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driver whowill not drink.

CONTROL OF A VEHICLEBraking, steering, and accelerating areimportant factors in helping to controla vehicle while driving.

BRAKINGBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it is reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In thattime, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), whichcould be a lot of distance in anemergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance between youand the vehicle in front of you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brake normallybut do not pump the brakes. Doing socould make the pedal harder to pushdown. If the engine stops, there will besome power brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied. Oncethe power assist is used up, it can takelonger to stop and the brake pedal willbe harder to push.



STEERING

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenance isnot required.

If power steering assist is lost due to asystem malfunction, the vehicle can besteered, but may require increasedeffort.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when the systemcools down.

See specific vehicle steering messagesunder Service Vehicle Messages 0 149.See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of thecurve before accelerating gentlyinto the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem may bemore effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of the steeringwheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

The vehicle's right wheels can drop offthe edge of a road onto the shoulderwhile driving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way,steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.



LOSS OF CONTROL

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid — toomuch speed or steering in a curvecauses tires to slip and losecornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the driving wheelsto spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids bytaking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. But skidsare always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off the acceleratorpedal and steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. The vehicle maystraighten out. Be ready for asecond skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust your drivingaccording to weather conditions.Stopping distance can be longerand vehicle control can be affectedwhen traction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other materialon the road. Learn to recognizewarning clues — such as enoughwater, ice, or packed snow on theroad to make a mirrored surface— and slow down when you haveany doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking, includingreducing vehicle speed by shiftingto a lower gear. Any suddenchanges could cause the tires toslide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoidonly the braking skid.

DRIVING ON WET ROADSRain and wet roads can reduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stopand accelerate. Always drive slower inthese types of driving conditions andavoid driving through large puddlesand deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes. Theymight not work as well in a quickstop and could cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of thevehicle.

After driving through a large puddleof water or a car/vehicle wash,lightly apply the brake pedal untilthe brakes work normally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and be verycautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water canbuild up under the vehicle's tires sothey actually ride on the water. Thiscan happen if the road is wet enough



and you are going fast enough. Whenthe vehicle is hydroplaning, it has littleor no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wiping equipmentin good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper treaddepth. See Tires 0 276.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 208.

HILL AND MOUNTAINROADSDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than driving onflat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow the vehicleon a long downhill slope can causebrake overheating, can reduce brakeperformance, and could result in aloss of braking. Shift thetransmission to a lower gear to letthe engine assist the brakes on asteep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) orwith the ignition off is dangerous.This can cause overheating of thebrakes and loss of steering. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross the center line.

. Be alert on top of hills; somethingcould be in your lane (e.g., stalledcar, accident).

. Pay attention to special road signs(e.g., falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Mode. See Driver Mode Control0 208 and All-Wheel Drive 0 202.



WINTER DRIVING

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and theroad creates less traction or grip, sodrive carefully. Wet ice can occur atabout 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rainbegins to fall. Avoid driving on wet iceor in freezing rain until roads can betreated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 206.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakes shouldbe applied sooner than when ondry pavement. See Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) 0 203.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas. The

surface of a curve or an overpasscan remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear. Avoidsudden steering maneuvers andbraking while on ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)mode. See Driver Mode Control0 208 and All-Wheel Drive 0 202.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby. If possible,use Roadside Assistance. See RoadsideService 0 342. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaust underthe vehicle. This may cause exhaustgases to get inside. Engine exhaust

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

contains carbon monoxide (CO),which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness andeven death.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle side thatis away from the wind, tobring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set thefan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems.”

For more information about CO, seeEngine Exhaust 0 197.



To save fuel, run the engine for shortperiods to warm the vehicle and thenshut the engine off and partially closethe window. Moving about to keepwarm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive, whenrunning the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so the engineruns faster than the idle speed. Thiskeeps the battery charged to restartthe vehicle and to signal for help withthe headlamps. Do this as little aspossible, to save fuel.

IF THE VEHICLE IS STUCKSlowly and cautiously spin the wheelsto free the vehicle when stuck in sand,mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and you orothers could be injured. The vehiclecan overheat, causing an enginecompartment fire or other damage.Spin the wheels as little as possibleand avoid going above 56 km/h(35 mph).

Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode.See Driver Mode Control 0 208 andAll-Wheel Drive 0 202.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out

Turn the steering wheel left and rightto clear the area around the frontwheels. Turn off any traction system.Shift back and forth betweenR (Reverse) and a low forward gear,spinning the wheels as little aspossible. To prevent transmissionwear, wait until the wheels stopspinning before shifting gears. Releasethe accelerator pedal while shifting,and press lightly on the acceleratorpedal when the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in the

forward and reverse directions causesa rocking motion that could free thevehicle. If that does not get the vehicleout after a few tries, it might need tobe towed out. If the vehicle does needto be towed out, see Towing theVehicle 0 312.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMITSIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle can carry.This weight is called the vehiclecapacity weight and includes theweight of all occupants, cargo, andall nonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label and theCertification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR), or eitherthe maximum front or rear

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). This can cause systemsto break and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information Label

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire and LoadingInformation label is attached tothe center pillar (B-pillar). The tireand loading information labelshows the number of occupantseating positions (1), and themaximum vehicle capacityweight (2) in kilograms andpounds.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel also shows the size of theoriginal equipment tires (3) andthe recommended cold tireinflation pressures (4). For more

information on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 276 and TirePressure 0 283.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for thefront and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity. Forexample, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo andluggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this

reduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 241 forimportant information on towing atrailer, towing safety rules andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tirelabel is attached to the centerpillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size of thevehicle's original tires and theinflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacity ofthe vehicle. The label shows thegross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weight ofthe vehicle, all occupants, fuel, andcargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles, calledthe Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). To find out the actualloads on the front and rear axles,weigh the vehicle at a weighstation. Your dealer can help withthis. Be sure to spread the loadequally on both sides of thecenterline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Donot overload the vehicle.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them as farforward as possible. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things,like suitcases, inside thevehicle so that some ofthem are above the tops ofthe seats.

. Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in thevehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

STARTING ANDOPERATING

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be gradually increased.

IGNITION POSITIONS

The vehicle has an electronic keylessignition with pushbutton start.

If the pushbutton start is not working,the vehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference to



the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)system. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN mode and thebrake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No IndicatorLight) : When the vehicle is stopped,press ENGINE START/STOP once toturn the engine off.

The transmission will shift to P (Park)automatically.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 195.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut the vehicleoff in an emergency.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump the brakesrepeatedly. This may depletepower assist, requiring increasedbrake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift toP (Park), and press ENGINESTART/STOP. The transmissionmust be in P (Park) to turn theignition switch to the OFFposition.

4. Set the parking brake. See ElectricParking Brake 0 204.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOPfor longer than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber IndicatorLight) : This mode allows you to usesome electrical accessories when theengine is off.

With the ignition off, pressingENGINE START/STOP once withoutthe brake pedal applied will place theignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after 10 minutesto prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressing ENGINESTART/STOP once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins, releasethe button. Engine cranking willcontinue until the engine starts. SeeStarting the Engine 0 192. The ignitionwill then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available to verifythe proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as may berequired for emissions inspectionpurposes, for service and diagnostics,



and Car Wash Mode, see AutomaticTransmission 0 198. And to verify theproper operation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be required foremission inspection purposes. Withthe vehicle off, and the brake pedalnot applied, pressing and holdingENGINE START/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Only Mode. The instrumentsand audio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will notbe able to be driven. The engine willnot start in Service Only Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.

STARTING THE ENGINEPlace the transmission in the propergear, P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral).

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could change theway the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. SeeAdd-On Electrical Equipment 0 245.

To start the vehicle:

1. With the Keyless Access system,the RKE transmitter must be inthe vehicle. Press ENGINESTART/STOP with the brakepedal applied. When the enginebegins cranking, let go of thebutton. The idle speed will go

down as the engine warms up. Donot race the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message will display. See Key andLock Messages 0 144 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOP immediatelyafter cranking has ended, canoverheat and damage the crankingmotor, and drain the battery. Waitat least 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18 °Cor 0 °F), it could be flooded with



too much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and hold it there,then press ENGINE START/STOPfor up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try, toallow the cranking motor to cooldown. When the engine starts, letgo of the button and theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, dothe same thing. This clears theextra gasoline from the engine.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may cause thevehicle to move. You or others maybe injured. Because the vehicle has

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

the auto engine stop/start feature,the vehicle's engine might seem tobe shut off; however, once the brakepedal is released, the engine willstart up again.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, before exitingthe vehicle.

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/startsystem to shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer displays AUTO STOP.See Tachometer 0 121. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission is notat the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is not inthe required operating range,typically below −10 °C (14 °F) orabove 50 °C (122 °F).

. The transmission is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery is low.

. The battery has been disconnected.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level for theclimate control system or defogsettings. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 170.

. The Auto Stop time is greater thantwo minutes.

ENGINE HEATERThe engine coolant heater, if available,can help in cold weather conditions ator below −18 °C (0 °F) for easierstarting and better fuel economyduring engine warm-up. Plug in thecoolant heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. An internal



thermostat in the plug end of the cordwill prevent engine coolant heateroperation at temperatures above−18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

3. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated on the driver side of thecompartment, in front of thebattery.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, do notuse it. See your dealer for areplacement. Inspect the cord fordamage yearly.

4. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cord oran extension cord can damage thecord and may result in overheatingand fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protected bya ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause an electricshock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extension cordin good operating condition,

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

or using a damaged heater orextension cord, could make itoverheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heater cordand thermostat damage couldoccur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattach thecover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord. Keepthe cord away from anymoving parts.



5. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store the cordas it was before to keep it awayfrom moving engine parts. If youdo not it could be damaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends on severalfactors. Ask a dealer in the area whereyou will be parking the vehicle for thebest advice on this.

RETAINED ACCESSORYPOWER (RAP)These accessories can be used afterthe engine is turned off:

. Infotainment system (up to10 minutes or until the driver dooris opened).

. Power windows, sunroof (ifequipped), and power outlets (upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened).

SHIFTING INTO PARKTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. See ElectricParking Brake 0 204.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See AutomaticTransmission 0 198.

3. The P indicator on the shift leverwill turn red when the vehicle isin P (Park).

4. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others couldbe injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when you areon fairly level ground, always set theparking brake and shift to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 195. If youare towing a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips 0 238.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure the vehicleis in P (Park) and the parking brake isfirmly set before you leave it.

If you are towing a trailer and parkingon a hill, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 238.

SHIFTING OUT OF PARKThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. The shift leverunlock button is designed to preventinadvertent shifting out of P (Park)



unless the ignition is in ON/RUN, thebrake pedal is applied, and the shiftlever unlock button is pressed.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 309.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press ENGINE START/STOP.

3. Press the shift unlock button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

5. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red when thevehicle is no longer in P (Park).

6. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the center position.

If the vehicle cannot shift fromP (Park), a Driver Information Center(DIC) message will be displayed. Seeyour dealer for service.

PARKING OVER THINGSTHAT BURN

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. Do not park over papers,leaves, dry grass, or other thingsthat can burn.

EXTENDED PARKINGIt is better not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left whilerunning, follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move andthere is adequate ventilation. SeeShifting Into Park 0 195 and EngineExhaust 0 197.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outside thevehicle, the vehicle will turn off afterone hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the second hour,the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



ENGINE EXHAUST

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to CO cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areas withpoor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or soundsstrange or different.

. The exhaust system leaks dueto corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openings inthe vehicle body from damageor aftermarket modificationsthat are not completelysealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or ifit is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosed areasuch as a garage or a building thathas no fresh air ventilation.

RUNNING THE VEHICLEWHILE PARKEDIt is better not to park with the enginerunning.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move. SeeShifting Into Park 0 195 and EngineExhaust 0 197.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 238.



AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

The shift pattern is displayed in thetop of the shift lever. The selected gearposition will illuminate red on theshift lever, while all others will bedisplayed in white. If the shift is notimmediate, as in very cold conditions,the indicator on the shift lever mayblink until it is fully engaged.

The shift lever always starts from acenter position, represented by anamber dot on the shift pattern. Afterreleasing the shift lever, it will returnto the center position.

The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY,the transmission can be shifted intoP (Park).

If the vehicle is turned to LOCK/OFFwhile at a relatively high vehicle speed,the transmission will automaticallyshift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicle isstopped, P (Park) can be selected.

P : This position locks the frontwheels. It is the best position to usewhen you start the engine because thevehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the transmission is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehiclecan roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or others couldbe injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when you areon fairly level ground, always set theparking brake and place thetransmission into P (Park). SeeShifting Into Park 0 195 and DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips 0 238.



This vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. The shift leverunlock button is designed to preventinadvertent shifting out of P (Park)unless the ignition is in ON/RUN, thebrake pedal is applied, and the shiftlever unlock button is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn off thevehicle. The transmission will shift toP (Park) automatically.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park)if it is moving too fast. Stop thevehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 195 and Shiftingout of Park 0 195.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive), or D (Drive) toR (Reverse) while the speed is toohigh, the vehicle will shift toN (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle speedand try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Press the shift lever button onthe side of the shift lever.

3. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward, and thento the left. R is illuminatedin red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) canbe used to rock the vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice, or sandwithout damaging the transmission.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly. Youcould lose control and hit people orobjects. Do not shift into a drivegear while the engine is running athigh speed.



Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the engine runningat high speed may damage thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Be sure the engine is not running athigh speed when shifting thevehicle.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed to stayin N (Neutral) for extended periodsof time. It will automatically shiftinto P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward. If thevehicle is in P (Park) push theshift lever unlock button whilepressing the shift lever back. It isilluminated in red.


To shift out of N (Neutral):




Car Wash Mode (Engine Off)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off:

1. Put the ignition in OFF.

2. Put the ignition in Service OnlyMode. See IgnitionPositions 0 190.

3. Open the door while pressing thebrake, and then shift toN (Neutral).

4. The indicator should now showN. If it does not, repeat theprocedure.

5. When N (Neutral) is no longerneeded, shift into P (Park) andturn the ignition to OFF.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine running:

1. Open the door while pressing thebrake, then shift to N (Neutral).

2. The indicator should now showN. If it does not, selectN (Neutral) again.

3. Shift into P (Park) upon returningto the vehicle.

D : This position is for normal driving.It provides the best fuel economy.If you need more power for passing,and you are:

. Going less than 35 mph (55 km/h),push the accelerator pedal abouthalfway down.

. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) ormore, push the accelerator all theway down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

To shift into D (Drive):




2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back. If the vehicleis in P (Park) push the shift leverunlock button while pressing theshift lever back. D is illuminatedin red.


To shift out of D (Drive):




Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” under Lossof Control 0 183.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hill usingonly the accelerator pedal maydamage the transmission. The repairwill not be covered by the vehicle

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. If you are stuck, do notspin the tires. When stopping on ahill, use the brakes to hold thevehicle in place.

MANUAL MODE

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift have controlson the back of the steering wheel tomanually shift the automatictransmission.

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the shift lever in D (Drive),pull back on the shift lever toactivate M (Manual Mode). The Min the shift pattern willilluminate in red, and the D willswitch to white.

2. Tap the left steering wheelcontrol to downshift, and theright control to upshift. To shiftto the lowest available gear, pressand hold the left control.



3. To exit, pull back on the shiftlever a second time. The D in theshift pattern will illuminate inred, and the M will switch towhite.

With the transmission in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, theTap Shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shifts havebeen done for seven to 10 seconds.The Temporary Tap Shift Mode canalso be deactivated by holding theright upshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehicle willhave firmer, quicker shifting. This canbe used for sport driving or whenclimbing or descending hills, to stay ingear longer, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allowshifting into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). The transmissionwill not automatically shift to the next

lower gear if the engine rpm is toohigh, nor to the next higher gear whenthe maximum engine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for any reason,a SHIFT DENIED message will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster.See Transmission Messages 0 150.

When accelerating the vehicle from astop in snowy and icy conditions, it issuggested to shift into second gear.A higher gear allows the vehicle togain more traction on slipperysurfaces.

DRIVE SYSTEMS

ALL-WHEEL DRIVEVehicles with this feature can operatein All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 208.

Press MODE to activate AWD. AWD isactive in both AWD and Sport Modes.

The AWD system delivers power to allfour wheels and the system adjusts asneeded to improve traction.

The AWD Mode will stay selected untilthe mode is changed. If the vehicle isplaced in Sport Mode, see Driver ModeControl 0 208.



Sport Mode is canceled with eachignition cycle. See Driver ModeControl 0 208.

When operated in Tour Mode, thevehicle will deliver power to the frontwheels only and may provide betterfuel economy.

If Tour Mode is selected see DriverMode Control 0 208.

BRAKES

ANTILOCK BRAKESYSTEM (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advanced electronicbraking system that helps prevent abraking skid.

When the vehicle begins to drive away,ABS checks itself. A momentary motoror clicking noise may be heard whilethis test is going on, and it may evenbe noticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 130.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to avoid a

sudden obstacle, a computer sensesthe wheels are slowing down. If one ofthe wheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressure toeach wheel, as required, faster thanany driver could. This can help yousteer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls brakingpressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not change thetime needed to get a foot up to thebrake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get too closeto the vehicle in front of you, therewill not be enough time to apply thebrakes if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops. Always leave enough room upahead to stop, even with ABS.



Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold thebrake pedal down firmly and let ABSwork. You may hear the ABS pump ormotor operating and feel the brakepedal pulsate. This is normal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brake atthe same time. In many emergencies,steering can help more than even thevery best braking.

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)switch is on the instrument panel, tothe left of the steering wheel. The EPBcan always be activated, even if theignition is off. To prevent draining thebattery, avoid repeated cycles of theEPB when the engine is not running.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 129 and ServiceElectric Parking Brake Light 0 130.There are also parking brake-relatedDriver Information Center (DIC)messages. See Brake System Messages0 142. In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be applied orreleased.

Before leaving the vehicle, check thered parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the switch momentarily.

The red parking brake status light willflash and then stay on once the EPB isfully applied. If the red parking brakestatus light flashes continuously, thenthe EPB is only partially applied orthere is a problem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release the EPBand try to apply it again. If the lightdoes not come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced. Do not drivethe vehicle if the red parking brakestatus light is flashing. See your dealer.See Electric Parking Brake Light 0 129.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, hold down the EPB switch.Continue to hold the switch until thered parking brake status light remainson. If the amber parking brakewarning light remains on, see yourdealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicleis moving, the vehicle will decelerateas long as the switch is pressed. If theswitch is pressed until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB will remainapplied.



The EPB applies automatically whenshifting to P (Park) on a steep incline.The EPB releases as soon as thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park) andthe vehicle accelerates.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked to preventvehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB by pressingand holding the EPB switch. Continueto hold the switch until the redparking brake status light is off.If either light stays on after release isattempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake system andcause premature wear or damage tobrake system parts. Make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the brake warning light is offbefore driving.

Automatic EPB Release

Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPBis applied, to preserve parking brakelining life.

The EPB will automatically releasewhen the engine is running, thetransmission is placed into gear, andan attempt is made to drive away bypressing the accelerator pedal.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle ispulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips 0 238.

BRAKE ASSISTThe Brake Assist feature is designed toassist the driver in stopping ordecreasing vehicle speed in emergency

driving conditions. This feature usesthe stability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system under conditionswhere the driver has quickly andforcefully applied the brake pedal inan attempt to quickly stop or slowdown the vehicle. The stability systemhydraulic brake control moduleincreases brake pressure at eachcorner of the vehicle until the ABSactivates. Minor brake pedal pulsationor pedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver should continueto apply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. The Brake Assistfeature will automatically disengagewhen the brake pedal is released orbrake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

HILL START ASSIST (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on a gradesufficient enough to activate HSA.This feature is designed to prevent thevehicle from rolling, either forward orrearward, during vehicle drive off.After the driver completely stops and



holds the vehicle in a completestandstill on a grade, HSA will beautomatically activated. During thetransition period between when thedriver releases the brake pedal andstarts to accelerate to drive off on agrade, HSA holds the braking pressurefor a maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically release whenthe accelerator pedal is applied withinthe two-second window. It will notactivate if the vehicle is in a drive gearand facing downhill, or if the vehicle isfacing uphill and in R (Reverse).

RIDE CONTROLSYSTEMS

TRACTION CONTROL/ELECTRONIC STABILITYCONTROL

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel spinand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any ofthe drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. On anAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle inAWD or Sport Mode, the system willoperate if it senses that any of thewheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens, TCSapplies the brakes to the spinningwheels and reduces engine power tolimit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when the systemsenses a discrepancy between theintended path and the direction thevehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrakselectively applies braking pressure atany one of the vehicle's brakes to helpsteer the vehicle in the direction whichyou are steering.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when road conditionsallow. TCS and StabiliTrak willautomatically turn on when cruisecontrol is set.

Both systems come on automaticallywhen the vehicle is started and beginsto move. The systems may be heard orfelt while they are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. This isnormal and does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessary toturn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck



in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 186 and “Turningthe Systems Off and On” later in thissection.

The indicator light for both systems isin the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak is activated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC),

and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on andstays on, the vehicle may need moretime to diagnose the problem. If thecondition persists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS is off.The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press and releaseY. The Traction Off light i displaysin the instrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message is displayed.See Ride Control System Messages0 148. To turn TCS on again, press and

releaseY. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off and the appropriate DICmessage is displayed.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whenYis pressed, the system will not turn offuntil the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,

press and holdY until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak Off lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriateDIC message is displayed. See RideControl System Messages 0 148. To



turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again,

press and releaseY. The Traction Off

light i and StabiliTrak Off light g inthe instrument cluster turn off and theappropriate DIC message is displayed.

Adding accessories can affect vehicleperformance. See Accessories andModifications 0 248.

DRIVER MODE CONTROLIf equipped, the Driver Mode Controlhas the following modes: Tour, Sport,All-Wheel Drive (AWD), and Snow/Ice(Front-Wheel Drive vehicles only).Press MODE on the center console tomake a mode selection. The first pressof the switch will show the currentmode in the instrument cluster.Continue pressing through theavailable modes.

If the vehicle is put in AWD Mode, itwill remain in AWD through futureignition cycles, until a different modeis selected.

If the vehicle is in Tour or Sport Modewhen the engine is turned off, DriverMode Control will come on in TourMode at the next ignition cycle.

When AWD Mode or Sport Mode isselected, the light will come on in theAWD indicator below the MODEswitch. The indicator light will turn offwhen Tour Mode is selected. For moreinformation on AWD Mode, seeAll-Wheel Drive 0 202.

Driver Mode Control Switch

Tour : Tour Mode operates in FWD toimprove fuel economy. Use this modeduring normal driving operations.

Sport : Sport Mode improves vehiclehandling and acceleration on drypavement. When active, Sport Modemodifies steering efforts, transmissionshifting, AWD torque, and suspensiontuning, if equipped.

AWD : AWD Mode provides drivetorque to all four wheels. Select AWDto improve traction and control onslippery road surfaces, such as gravel,sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice.When in AWD Mode, the AWD Modeindicator light will be on. For moreinformation on AWD Mode, seeAll-Wheel Drive 0 202.

Snow/Ice (FWD Vehicles Only) : Snow/Ice Mode improves vehicleacceleration on snow and ice coveredroads.



CRUISE CONTROL

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely at asteady speed. Do not use cruisecontrol on winding roads or inheavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous onslippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges in tire traction can causeexcessive wheel slip, and you couldlose control. Do not use cruisecontrol on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed of about40 km/h (25 mph) or more can bemaintained without keeping your footon the accelerator. Cruise control doesnot work at speeds below about40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control/electronicstability control system begins to limitwheel spin while using cruise control,the cruise control automaticallydisengages. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206. If a

collision alert occurs when cruisecontrol is activated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 225. When roadconditions allow cruise control to besafely used, it can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if eitherTCS or StabiliTrak is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruise controldisengages.

J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If thecruise control is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−to the first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go into

cruise when not desired. KeepJ offwhen cruise is not being used.



1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−. Thedesired set speed briefly appearsin the instrument cluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has been setto the desired speed, a green cruisecontrol indicator appears on theinstrument cluster and a cruise setspeed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD), if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desiredspeed and then the brakes are applied

or* is pressed, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe first detent. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed increases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel Cluster) 0 117 or InstrumentCluster (Uplevel Cluster) 0 119. Theincrement value used depends on theunits displayed.

Reducing Speed While Using CruiseControl

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press SET− to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.




Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increasethe vehicle speed. When you take yourfoot off the pedal, the vehicle will slowdown to the previous set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly applying SET−will result in cruise set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness of thehills. When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on the acceleratorpedal to maintain your speed. Whengoing downhill, the cruise controlsystem may automatically brake toslow the vehicle down. Also, you mayhave to brake or shift to a lower gearto keep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erased

from memory ifJ is pressed or ifthe ignition is turned off.

ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROLIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speed andfollowing gap. Read this entire sectionbefore using this system. The followinggap is the following time between yourvehicle and a vehicle detected directlyahead in your path, moving in thesame direction. If no vehicle isdetected in your path, ACC works like

regular cruise control. ACC usescamera and radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 348.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration or limited,moderate braking to maintain theselected following gap. To disengageACC, apply the brake. If ACC iscontrolling your vehicle speed whenthe traction control system (TCS) orelectronic stability control systemactivates, the ACC may automaticallydisengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206. Whenroad conditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turned back on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking ability andmay not have time to slow thevehicle down enough to avoid acollision with another vehicle youare following. This can occur whenvehicles suddenly slow or stop

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

ahead, or enter your lane. Also see“Alerting the Driver” in this section.Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 181.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors are blockedby snow, ice, or dirt. Thesystem may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep the entirefront of the vehicle clean.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.ACC performance is limitedunder these conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET– : Press briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To decrease speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press SET− to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press SET− to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage ACC withouterasing the selected set speed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into cruise when

not desired. KeepJ off when cruiseis not being used.



Select the set speed desired for cruise.This is the vehicle speed when novehicle is detected in its path.

ACC will not set at a speed less than25 km/h (16 mph), although it can beresumed when driving at lower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle ahead isdetected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD). When ACC is active,the indicator will be lit green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selecting theset speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, ACCis disengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+up briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– . Releasethe control and the acceleratorpedal. The vehicle will now cruiseat the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. A warningmessage will appear on the Driver

Information Center (DIC) andHead-Up Display (HUD). See CruiseControl Messages 0 142.

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed appears on thedisplay, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, press RES+ to the firstdetent. For each press, the vehiclegoes 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, press RES+ to thesecond detent. For each press, thevehicle speed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there is novehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected following gap,then the vehicle speed will increase tothe set speed.




Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the brake to get to the desiredlower speed. Press SET– andrelease the accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET− tothe first detent. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph)slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET− tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster and HUD. The gap setting willbe maintained until it is changed.

Since each gap setting corresponds toa following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. The fasterthe vehicle speed, the further backyour vehicle will follow a vehicle

detected ahead. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting thefollowing gap. The range of selectablegaps may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Changing the gap setting automaticallychanges the alert timing sensitivity(Far, Medium, or Near) for theForward Collision Alert (FCA) feature.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 225.

Alerting the Driver

With Head-Up Display



Without Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver action maybe required when ACC cannot applysufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six redlights or the collision alert symbol onthe HUD, if equipped, will flash on thewindshield. Either eight beeps willsound from the front, or both sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

See Defensive Driving 0 181.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detected inyour vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake forvehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehicle speedincreases or decreases to follow thevehicle in front of you, but will notexceed the set speed. It may applylimited braking, if necessary. Whenbraking is active, the brake lights willcome on. The automatic braking may

feel or sound different than if thebrakes were applied manually. This isnormal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for a vehicleit has never detected moving. Thiscan occur in stop-and-go traffic orwhen a vehicle suddenly appearsdue to a vehicle ahead changinglanes. Your vehicle may not stopand could cause a crash. Usecaution when using ACC. Yourcomplete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage andthe driver will need to manually applythe brakes to slow the vehicle when:



. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System (TCS)or electronic stability controlsystem has activated or beendisabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gap behinda detected vehicle and slow yourvehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has not resumed,the vehicle ahead indicator will flashas a reminder to check traffic aheadbefore proceeding. In addition, the leftand right sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse three times, or three beepswill sound. See ”Alert Type” and“Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

When the vehicle ahead drives away,press RES+ or the accelerator pedal toresume cruise control. If stopped formore than two minutes or if the driverdoor is opened and the driver safetybelt is unbuckled, the ACCautomatically applies the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) to hold thevehicle. The Electric Parking Brakestatus light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 204. To resume ACCand release the EPB, press theaccelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message may displayindicating to shift to P (Park) beforeexiting the vehicle. See VehicleMessages 0 141.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle, andif ACC is disengaged, turned off,or canceled, the vehicle will nolonger be held at a stop. The vehiclecan move. When ACC is holding thevehicle at a stop, always be preparedto manually apply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle without placingit in P (Park) can be dangerous. Donot leave the vehicle while it isbeing held at a stop by ACC. Alwaysplace the vehicle in P (Park) andturn off the ignition before leavingthe vehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warning messagewill indicate that automatic brakingwill not occur. See Vehicle Messages0 141. ACC will resume operationwhen the accelerator pedal is notbeing pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal. Youcould crash into a vehicle aheadof you.



Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a vehicleexiting or entering exit ramps. Youcould lose control of the vehicle orcrash. Do not use ACC while drivingon an entrance or exit ramp. Alwaysbe ready to use the brakes ifnecessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond to avehicle in another lane, or may nothave time to react to a vehicle inyour lane. You could crash into avehicle ahead of you, or lose controlof your vehicle. Give extra attentionin curves and be ready to use the

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

brakes if necessary. Select anappropriate speed while driving incurves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharpcurve. It may reduce the vehicle speedif the curve is too sharp.

When following a vehicle and enteringa curve, ACC may not detect thevehicle ahead and may accelerate tothe set speed. When this happens, thevehicle ahead indicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is not inyour lane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alertand/or braking that is consideredunnecessary. It could respond tovehicles in different lanes, signs,guardrails, and other stationary objectswhen entering or exiting a curve. Thisis normal operation. The vehicle doesnot need service.



Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and WhenTowing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steephills or when towing a trailer. ACC willnot detect a vehicle in the lane while

driving on steep hills. The driver willoften need to take over accelerationand braking on steep hills, especiallywhen towing a trailer. If the brakes areapplied, the ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erased

from memory ifJ is pressed or ifthe ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror and theradar sensors on the front of thevehicle can become blocked by snow,ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” under ExteriorCare 0 314.

System operation may also be limitedunder snow, heavy rain, or road sprayconditions.



DRIVER ASSISTANCESYSTEMSThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashes orreduce crash damage while driving,backing, and parking. Read this entiresection before using these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the Driver AssistanceSystems. These systems do notreplace the need for payingattention and driving safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by these systems.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. See DefensiveDriving 0 181.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is covered byice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as with asticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance features alertthe driver of obstacles by beeping. Tochange the volume of the warningchime, see “Comfort and Convenience”under Vehicle Personalization 0 151.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat,the driver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS FORPARKING OR BACKINGIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), SurroundVision, Front Vision Camera, ReverseAutomatic Braking (RAB) and BackingWarning System, Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), and Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) may help the driver parkor avoid objects. Always check aroundthe vehicle when parking or backing.



Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays an imageof the area behind the vehicle in thecenter stack display. The previousscreen displays when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) after a shortdelay. To return to the previous screensooner, press a button on theinfotainment system, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of 8km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display on theRVC screen to show that RPA hasdetected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer the object.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision displaysan image of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the front or rearcamera views in the center stack. Thefront camera is in the grille or near

the front emblem, the side camerasare on the bottom of the outsiderearview mirrors, and the rear camerais above the license plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision cameras haveblind spots and will not display allobjects near the corners of thevehicle. Folding side mirrors thatare out of position will not displaysurround view correctly. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area in frontof the vehicle displays in the centerstack. The view displays after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing CAMERA in the centerstack, and when the vehicle is movingforward slower than 8 km/h (5 mph).

If equipped, the front view camera alsodisplays when the Front Parking Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of the cameras’field of view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thesecamera(s). Always check behind andaround the vehicle before driving.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds of lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors onthe bumpers may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) infront of the vehicle within a zone

25 cm (10 in) high off the ground andbelow bumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter duringwarmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects and canalso cause false detections. Keep thesensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice,and slush; and clean sensors after acar wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with parking assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforemoving forward or backing.



The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and the barschange color from yellow to amber tored. An obstacle is also indicated byaudible beeps. The interval betweenthe beeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.

When an object is first detected in therear both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse two times. When an objectis very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the front or rear depending onobject location, or both sides of the

Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times.Beeps for FPA are higher pitched thanfor RPA.

Backing Warning and ReverseAutomatic Braking (RAB)

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) have the Backing WarningSystem and Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. When inR (Reverse), Backing Warning alerts ofrear objects at vehicle speeds greaterthan 8 km/h (5 mph), and RAB mayautomatically brake hard at speedsbetween 1–32 km/h (0.5–20 mph).

The Backing Warning System will beeponce from the rear when an object isfirst detected, or pulse twice on bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat. Whenthe system detects a potential crash,beeps will be heard from the rear,or five pulses will be felt on both sidesof the Safety Alert Seat. There mayalso be a brief, sharp application of thebrakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning System onlyoperates at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close or toofar from the vehicle. In somesituations, such as at higher backingspeeds, there may not be enoughtime for the short, sharp applicationof the vehicle brake system to occur.To prevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with the BackingWarning System, always check thearea around the vehicle and checkall mirrors before backing.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),if the system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crash witha detected object behind your vehiclein your path, it may automaticallybrake hard to a stop to help avoid orreduce the harm caused by a backingcrash.



{ Warning

RAB may not avoid many types ofbacking crashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind the vehicle.It may not brake or stop in time toavoid a crash. It will not brake forobjects when the vehicle is movingat very low speeds. It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objects belowthe bumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with RAB, always check thearea around the vehicle before andwhile backing.

Pressing the brake pedal after thevehicle comes to a stop will releaseRAB. If the brake pedal is not pressedsoon after the stop, the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) may be set. Whenit is safe, press the accelerator pedalfirmly at any time to override RAB.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesired automaticbraking occurs. If this happens,either press the brake pedal orfirmly press the accelerator pedal torelease the brakes from the RABsystem. Before releasing the brakes,check the RVC screen and check thearea around the vehicle to makesure it is safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the left orright. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, eitherthree beeps sound from the left orright or three Safety Alert Seat pulsesoccur on the left or right side,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTA detectionzones that extend out from the back ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 348.

Turning the Features On or Off

TouchX on the center stack to turnon or off the Front and Rear ParkingAssist, Reverse Automatic Braking(RAB), Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA),and the Backing Warning System atthe same time. The indicator light nextto the button comes on when thefeatures are on and turns off when thefeatures have been disabled.

Turn off parking assist, RCTA, andRAB when towing a trailer.

To turn the RPA symbols or guidancelines (on some models) on or off, see“Rear Camera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.



Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes and accelerator.The Driver information Center (DIC)and audible beeps help to guideparking maneuvers.

Do not use APA when towing a trailer.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes. APAmay not detect objects in theparking space, objects that are softor narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground level suchas large potholes. Always verify thatthe parking space is appropriate forparking a vehicle. APA does notrespond to changes in the parkingspace, such as movement of anadjacent vehicle, or a person orobject entering the parking space.APA does not detect or avoid traffic

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

that is behind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared to stopthe vehicle during the parkingmaneuver.

TouchO on the center stack toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enough andwithin 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. Thevehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legal parkingspace.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, touch

and holdO during the search process

to switch the APA parking modebetween perpendicular and parallelparking.

APA searches for parking spaces to theright of the vehicle. To search for aparking space to the left, turn on theleft turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beep occursand a red symbol displays in the DIC.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expected space,this may be because the system ismaneuvering the vehicle into apreviously detected space. The APAsystem does not need service.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steering wheelwill vibrate briefly as a reminder toremove hands from the steering wheel.Check surroundings and continuebraking or accelerating as needed, andbe prepared to stop to avoid vehicles,pedestrians, or objects. If the vehicleexceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), APA isautomatically disengaged. A DICprogress arrow displays the status ofthe parking maneuver. Depending onthe space size, additional maneuversmay be required, and there will beadditional instructions. Whenchanging gears, allow the automaticsteering to complete before continuing

the parking maneuver. APA will beepand display a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used by thedriver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle message isdisplayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, touchO again.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The APA system may require a shortperiod of driving along curves tocalibrate.

ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS FORDRIVINGIf equipped, when driving the vehiclein a forward gear, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ChangeAlert (LCA), Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System canhelp to avoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT (FCA) SYSTEMIf equipped, the FCA system may helpto avoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. When approachinga vehicle ahead too quickly, FCAprovides a red flashing alert on thewindshield and rapidly beeps or pulsesthe driver seat. FCA also lights anamber visual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distanceof approximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above 8 km/h(5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive



Cruise Control (ACC), it can detectvehicles to distances of approximately110 m (360 ft) and operates at allspeeds. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 211.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and doesnot apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails, bridges,construction barrels, or otherobjects. Be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 181.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), through vehicle

personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless theFCA system detects a vehicle ahead.When a vehicle is detected, the vehicleahead indicator will display green.Vehicles may not be detected oncurves, highway exit ramps, or hills,due to poor visibility; or if a vehicleahead is partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects. FCA willnot detect another vehicle ahead untilit is completely in the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warning tohelp avoid a crash, unless it detectsa vehicle. FCA may not detect a

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or ifthe windshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a vehicle on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert





When your vehicle approaches anotherdetected vehicle too rapidly, the redFCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. Whenthis Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you are followinga vehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on the

steering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the current settingon the DIC. Additional button presseswill change this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the Tailgating Alertfeatures. The timing of both alerts willvary based on vehicle speed. The faster

the vehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting thealert timing. The range of selectablealert timings may not be appropriatefor all drivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alertsfor turning vehicles, vehicles in otherlanes, objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts are normaloperation and the vehicle does notneed service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning the outsideof the windshield in front of therearview mirror, and cleaning the frontof the vehicle where radar sensors arelocated, may correct the issue.



FORWARD AUTOMATICBRAKING (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle is detected.This is shown by the FCA vehicleahead indicator being lit. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 225.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicleswith Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detectvehicles up to approximately 60 m(197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Do notrely on FAB to brake the vehicle.FAB will not brake outside of itsoperating speed range and onlyresponds to detected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especiallyvehicles with a trailer,tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle when weatherlimits visibility, such as in fog,rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it ispartially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situations whereit is unexpected and undesired.It could respond to a turning vehicleahead, guardrails, signs, and othernon-moving objects. To overrideFAB, firmly press the acceleratorpedal, if it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brake pedalis applied quickly by providing a boostto braking based on the speed ofapproach and distance to a vehicleahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedalmovement during this time is normaland the brake pedal should continue



to be applied as needed. IBA willautomatically disengage only when thebrake pedal is released.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle braking insituations when it may not benecessary. You could block the flowof traffic. If this occurs, take yourfoot off the brake pedal and thenapply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, when towinga trailer.

FRONT PEDESTRIANBRAKING (FPB) SYSTEMIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays an amber

indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrianis detected directly ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestrian tooquickly, FPB provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat. FPBcan provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. Thissystem includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA), and the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) system mayalso respond to pedestrians. SeeForward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 228.

The FPB system can detect and alertto pedestrians in a forward gear atspeeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and80 km/h (50 mph). During daytimedriving, the system detects pedestriansup to a distance of approximately 40 m(131 ft). During nighttime driving,system performance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian. FPBmay not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain, or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned orin proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 181. Keepthe windshield, headlamps, and FPBsensor clean and in good repair.



FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 151.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

FPB alerts and automatic braking willnot occur unless the FPB systemdetects a pedestrian. When a nearbypedestrian is detected directly in frontof the vehicle, the pedestrian aheadindicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert



When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, the redFPB alert display will flash on thewindshield. Eight rapid high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. When thisPedestrian Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crash intoa pedestrian directly ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPB mayautomatically brake moderately orbrake hard. This can help to avoidsome very low speed pedestrian

crashes or reduce pedestrian injury.FPB can automatically brake todetected pedestrians between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).Automatic braking levels may bereduced under certain conditions, suchas higher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falsely alertor brake for objects similar in shapeor size to pedestrians, includingshadows. This is normal operationand the vehicle does not needservice. To override AutomaticBraking, firmly press the acceleratorpedal, if it is safe to do so.



Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 151.

{ Warning

Using the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem while towing a trailer couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle and crash. Turn the systemto Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

SIDE BLIND ZONEALERT (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blind zone(or spot) areas. When the vehicle is ina forward gear, the left or right side

mirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blind zone.If the turn signal is activated and avehicle is also detected on the sameside, the display will flash as an extrawarning not to change lanes. Sincethis system is part of the Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) system, read the entireLCA section before using this feature.

LANE CHANGE ALERT (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in the sideblind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirror andwill flash if the turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may not

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

provide alerts when changing lanesunder all driving conditions. Failureto use proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Before making alane change, always check mirrors,glance over your shoulder, and usethe turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over from bothsides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft).The height of the zone is



approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning areastarts at approximately the middle ofthe vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft).Drivers are also warned of vehiclesrapidly approaching from up to 70 m(230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in the sidemirrors when the system detects amoving vehicle in the next lane overthat is in the side blind zone or rapidlyapproaching that zone from behind.A lit LCA symbol indicates it may beunsafe to change lanes. Before makinga lane change, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate the systemis operating. When the vehicle is in aforward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in the next laneover in that blind zone or rapidlyapproaching that zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the samedirection as a detected vehicle, thisdisplay will flash as an extra warningnot to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 151. If LCA isdisabled by the driver, the LCA mirrordisplays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires some drivingfor the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic and roadsideobjects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on whenpassing a vehicle quickly, for a stoppedvehicle, or when towing a trailer. TheLCA detection zones that extend backfrom the side of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed. Use caution while changinglanes when towing a trailer. LCA mayalert to objects attached to the vehicle,such as a trailer, bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driver tovehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due to guardrails,signs, trees, shrubs, and othernon-moving objects. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered with mud,dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy



rainstorms. For cleaning instructions,see "Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 314. If the DIC stilldisplays the system unavailablemessage after cleaning both sides ofthe vehicle toward the rear corners ofthe vehicle, see your dealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in the sideblind zone or are rapidly approachingthis zone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information


LANE DEPARTUREWARNING (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide a warning ifthe vehicle is crossing a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthe lane departure direction. Since thissystem is part of the Lane Keep Assist(LKA) system, read the entire LKAsection before using this feature.

LANE KEEP ASSIST (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signal inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are actively steering.Override LKA by turning the steeringwheel. LKA uses a camera to detectlane markings between 60 km/h (37mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if a lanemarking is detected.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid a lanedeparture or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield or headlampsare blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, if they are not inproper condition, or if the sunshines directly into thecamera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it will onlyassist or provide an LDW alert whenapproaching the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Even with LKA and LDW,you must steer the vehicle. Always

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

keep your attention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicle damage,injury, or death could occur. Alwayskeep the windshield, headlamps,and camera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA in badweather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a trailer oron slippery roads could cause lossof control of the vehicle and acrash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gently turning

the steering wheel and displayAas amber if the vehicle approaches adetected lane marking without using aturn signal in that direction. It mayalso provide an LDW alert by

flashingA amber as the lanemarking is crossed. Additionally, therewill be three beeps, or the driver seatwill pulse three times, on the right orleft, depending on the lane departuredirection.

The LKA system does not continuouslysteer the vehicle. If LKA does notdetect active driver steering, an alertand chime may be provided. Move thesteering wheel to dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, such aswhen driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning the windshieldmay help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts mayoccur due to tar marks, shadows,cracks in the road, temporary orconstruction lane markings, or otherroad imperfections. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.



FUELGM recommends the use of TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline to keep the enginecleaner and reduce engine deposits.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolinemarketers and applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 87 or higher.Do not use gasoline with a posted

octane rating of less than 87, as thismay cause engine knock and will lowerfuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing so maydamage the vehicle and void itswarranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeled greaterthan 15% ethanol by volume,such as mid-level ethanolblends (16 – 50% ethanol),E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damage theemissions control system andspark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Using thisfuel will lower fuel economyand performance, and maydecrease the life of theemissions catalyst.

CALIFORNIA FUELREQUIREMENTSIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels that meetCalifornia specifications. See theunderhood emission control label.If this fuel is not available in statesadopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meeting federalspecifications, but emission controlsystem performance may be affected.The malfunction indicator lamp couldturn on and the vehicle may not pass



a smog-check test. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)0 127. If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

FUELS IN FOREIGNCOUNTRIESThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fueloctane ratings in anti-knock index(AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreigncountry, see “Prohibited Fuels” inFuel 0 235.

FUEL ADDITIVESTo keep fuel systems clean, TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline is recommended.See Fuel 0 235.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the only gasolineadditive recommended by GeneralMotors. It is available at your dealer.

FILLING THE TANK

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and follow allthe instructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phone whilerefueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait for anyhiss noise to stop prior tobeginning to flow fuel.

If equipped, the fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.

Press K on the RKE transmitter to



unlock. To open the fuel door, pushand release the rearward center edgeof the door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuel cap.The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a fewseconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the nozzle.Clean fuel from painted surfaces assoon as possible. See ExteriorCare 0 314.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the nozzle.Shut off the flow of fuel by shuttingoff the pump or by notifying thestation attendant. Leave the areaimmediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable gas can:

1. Locate the capless funnel adapterfrom inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the capless fuelsystem. This could cause a fire andyou or others could be badly burnedand the vehicle could be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return to the storagelocation.

FILLING A PORTABLE FUELCONTAINER

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite either bystatic electricity or other means.You or others could be badly burnedand the vehicle could be damaged.Always:

. Use approved fuel containers.

(CONTINUED)



Warning (Continued)

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

TRAILER TOWING

GENERAL TOWINGINFORMATIONOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle. Contactyour dealer or trailering dealer forassistance with preparing the vehiclefor towing a trailer. Read the entiresection before towing a trailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 312. For towingthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 312.

DRIVING CHARACTERISTICSAND TOWING TIPS

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the state andlocal laws that apply specifically totrailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi), to preventdamage to the engine, axle,or other parts.

. Then, during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often.

. Do not use Adaptive Cruise Controlwhen towing.

. The Forward Automatic BrakingSystem should be set to Off whentowing. See Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) 0 228.

. Turn off Parking Assist and RearCross Traffic Alert when towing.



{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear of thevehicle and enter if the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-most windowis open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outside air.See “Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

For information about carbonmonoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 197.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving is longerand not as responsive as the vehicle

itself. Get acquainted with thehandling and braking of the rig beforesetting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safety chains,electrical connectors, lamps, tires, andmirrors. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start the combination movingand then apply the trailer brakecontroller by hand to be sure thebrakes work.

During the trip, check occasionally tobe sure that the load is secure and thelamps and any trailer brakes still work.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to thevehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal when towingheavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.

This can help to avoid situations thatrequire heavy braking and suddenturns.

Passing

More passing distance is needed whentowing a trailer. Because the rig islonger, it is necessary to go fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. To move the trailer tothe left, move your hand to the left. Tomove the trailer to the right, moveyour hand to the right. Always back upslowly and, if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.



When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so the trailerwill not strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Usethe turn signal well in advance andavoid jerky or sudden maneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators on theinstrument cluster flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailer lampsalso flash, telling other drivers thevehicle is turning, changing lanes,or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument cluster flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Check occasionally to besure the trailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore starting down a long or steepdowngrade. If the transmission is notshifted down, the brakes might have tobe used so much that they would gethot and no longer work well.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Use alower gear if the transmission shiftstoo often.

When towing at high altitude on steepuphill grades, engine coolant boils at alower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this, letthe engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with thetransmission in P (Park) for a fewminutes before turning the engine off.If the overheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 259.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goes wrong,the rig could start to move. Peoplecan be injured, and both the vehicle

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

and the trailer can be damaged.When possible, always park the rigon a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but do notshift into P (Park) yet. Turn thewheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:

. Start the engine.



. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service more oftenwhen pulling a trailer. See theMaintenance Schedule 0 325. Thingsthat are especially important in traileroperation are automatic transmissionfluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,cooling system, and brake system.Inspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that all hitchnuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See EngineOverheating 0 259.

TRAILER TOWINGBefore pulling a trailer, there are threeimportant considerations that have todo with weight:

. The weight of the trailer.

. The weight of the trailer tongue.

. The total weight on the vehicle'stires.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how the rig is used. Forexample, speed, altitude, road grades,outside temperature and how muchthe vehicle is used to pull a trailer areall important. It can depend on anyspecial equipment on the vehicle, andthe amount of tongue weight thevehicle can carry. See “Weight of theTrailer Tongue” later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming the tow vehicle has thedriver, a front seat passenger, and allthe required towing equipment. Cargoin the tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.

Use the following chart to determinehow much the vehicle can weigh,based upon the vehicle model andoptions.



VehicleMaximum Trailer

Weight GCWR*Maximum Tongue

Weight

3.6L Engine, without Trailering Package 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2 722 kg (6,001 lb) 45.4 kg (100 lb)

3.6L Engine, with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 850 kg (8,480 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailerincluding any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer is animportant weight to measure becauseit affects the total gross weight of thevehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW) includes the curb weight of thevehicle, any cargo carried in it, and thepeople who will be riding in thevehicle. If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers or cargo in thevehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, thetongue load must be added to theGVW because the vehicle will be

carrying that weight, too. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 186 for moreinformation about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity.

If a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch is being used,the trailer tongue (1) should weigh10-15 percent of the total loadedtrailer weight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue, separately,to see if the weights are proper. If theyare not, adjustments might be madeby moving some items around in thetrailer.

Trailering may be limited by thevehicle's ability to carry tongue weight.Tongue weight cannot cause thevehicle to exceed the GVWR (GrossVehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR(Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating). Theeffect of additional weight may reducethe trailering capacity more than thetotal of the additional weight.



It is important that the vehicle doesnot exceed any of its ratings —GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, MaximumTrailer Rating, or Tongue Weight. Theonly way to be sure it is not exceedingany of these ratings is to weigh thevehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires are inflatedto the upper limit for cold tires. Thesenumbers can be found on theCertification label or see Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186. Make sure not to go overthe GVW limit for the vehicle, or theGAWR, including the weight of thetrailer tongue. If using aweight-distributing hitch, make surenot to go over the rear axle limitbefore applying the weight distributionspring bars.

TOWING EQUIPMENT

Hitches

It is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roads are afew reasons why the right hitch isneeded.

. The rear bumper on the vehicle isnot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Use onlya frame-mounted hitch that doesnot attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, then be sure to seal the holeslater when the hitch is removed.If the holes are not sealed, dirt,water, and deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from the exhaustcan get into the vehicle. See EngineExhaust 0 197.

Hitch Cover

To remove the hitch cover,if equipped:

1. Remove the two bolts on thelower tabs by turningcounterclockwise.

2. Lift the lower edge of the coverabout 45 degrees.

3. Pull the cover downward todisengage the upper attachments.

To reinstall the hitch cover:

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and push theupper tabs in the hitch cover intothe slots in the fascia.



2. Move the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower fascia slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Reinstall the two bolts on thelower tabs by turning clockwise.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross the safetychains under the tongue of the trailerto help prevent the tongue fromcontacting the road if it becomesseparated from the hitch. Always leavejust enough slack so the rig can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs more than454 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have its ownbrake system that is adequate for theweight of the trailer. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for thetrailer brakes so they are installed,adjusted, and maintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If you do, both brakesystems will not work well, or at all.

Trailer Wiring Harness

Basic Trailer Wiring

The trailer wiring harness, with aseven-pin connector, is located at therear of the vehicle and is tied to thevehicle's frame. The harness connectorcan be plugged into a seven-pinuniversal heavy-duty trailer connectoravailable through your dealer.

Use only a round, seven-wireconnector with flat blade terminalsmeeting SAE J2863 specifications forproper electrical connectivity.

The seven-wire harness contains thefollowing trailer circuits:

. Yellow/Gray: Stop/Turn Signal Left

. Green/Violet: Stop/Turn SignalRight

. Gray/Brown: Parking Lamps

. White/Green: Back-up Lamps

. Red/Green: Battery Feed

. Black: Ground

. Blue: Electric Brakes*

*The fuse for this circuit is installed inthe underhood electrical center, butthe wires are not connected. Theyshould be connected by your dealer ora qualified service center.

If the back-up lamp circuit is notfunctional, contact your dealer.

Electric Trailer Brake Control WiringProvisions

These wiring provisions for an electrictrailer brake controller are includedwith the vehicle as part of the trailerwiring package. The instrument panelcontains blunt cut wires above theparking brake assembly for the electrictrailer brake controller. The harnesscontains the following wires:

. Blue: “To Trailer”

. Red/Black or Red/Blue:Battery Feed

. White/Blue: Brake Apply Signal

. Black: Ground



The electric trailer brake controllershould be installed by your dealer or aqualified service center.

TRAILER SWAYCONTROL (TSC)Vehicles with StabiliTrak have aTrailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.Trailer sway is unintended side-to-sidemotion of a trailer while being towed.If the vehicle is towing a trailer andthe TSC detects that sway isincreasing, the vehicle brakes areselectively applied at each wheel, tohelp reduce excessive trailer sway.If the vehicle is equipped with theIntegrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC)system, and the trailer has the electricactuated brake system, StabiliTrakmay also apply the trailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the Traction ControlSystem (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning lightwill flash on the instrument cluster.Vehicle speed must be reduced.If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrakcan reduce engine torque to help slowthe vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 206.

{ Warning

Even if the vehicle is equipped withTSC, trailer sway could result in lossof control and the vehicle couldcrash. If excessive trailer sway isdetected, slow down to a safe speed.Check the trailer and vehicle to helpcorrect possible causes. These couldinclude an improperly or overloadedtrailer, unrestrained cargo, impropertrailer hitch configuration, excessivevehicle-trailer speed, or improperlyinflated or incorrect vehicle ortrailer tires. See Towing Equipment0 243 for trailer ratings and hitchsetup recommendations.

Adding non-dealer accessories canaffect the vehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications 0 248.

CONVERSIONS ANDADD-ONS

ADD-ON ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 127.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehicle systems.This could affect vehicle operationand cause a crash. Such devices mayalso access information stored inthe vehicle’s systems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, see Servicingthe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.


VEHICLE CARE 247

VEHICLE CARE

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Accessories and Modifications . . . 248

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 254Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . 255Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . 255Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . 263All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . 264Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . 266

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . . . . . 268Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 268Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 272Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . 285Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . 292Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309


248 VEHICLE CARE

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . 312

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

GENERAL INFORMATIONFor service and parts needs, visit yourdealer. You will receive genuine GMparts and GM-trained and supportedservice people.

Genuine GM parts have one of thesemarks:

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNINGWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as many ofits service parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-products containand/or emit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 263 andJump Starting - North America 0 309.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEMATERIALS REQUIREMENTSCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbag initiators,safety belt pretensioners, and lithiumbatteries contained in Remote KeylessEntry transmitters, may containperchlorate materials. Special handlingmay be necessary. For additionalinformation, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

ACCESSORIES ANDMODIFICATIONSAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,


VEHICLE CARE 249

aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilock brakes,traction control, and stability control.These accessories or modificationscould even cause malfunction ordamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GM certifiedparts, including control module orsoftware modifications, is not coveredunder the terms of the vehiclewarranty and may affect remainingwarranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicle usinggenuine GM Accessories installed by adealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

VEHICLE CHECKS

DOING YOUR OWNSERVICE WORK

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work on yourvehicle if you do not have theproper knowledge, service manual,tools, or parts. Always follow ownermanual procedures and consult theservice manual for your vehiclebefore doing any service work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper service manual.It tells you much more about how toservice the vehicle than this manualcan. To order the proper servicemanual, see Service PublicationsOrdering Information 0 347.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 335.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damage tovehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HOODTo open the hood:


250 VEHICLE CARE

1. Pull the hood release lever withthis symbol on it. It is inside thevehicle on the lower side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hood releasehandle. The handle is under thefront edge of the hood near thecenter. Push the handle to theright, then raise the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sureall the filler caps are on properly.

2. Lower the hood from full open towithin 15 cm (6 in) from theclosed position, pause, then pushthe front center of the hood witha swift, firm motion to fully closethe hood. Check to make sure thehood is closed and repeat theprocess if necessary.


VEHICLE CARE 251

ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW


252 VEHICLE CARE

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 255.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil 0 252.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil 0 252.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System 0 256.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 262.

6. Battery - North America 0 263.

7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 256.

8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal(Under Cover). See Jump Starting -North America 0 309.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 260.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 268.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 309.

ENGINE OILTo ensure proper engine performanceand long life, careful attention must bepaid to engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps will helpprotect your investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section.

. Check the engine oil level regularlyand maintain the proper oil level.See “Checking Engine Oil” and“When to Add Engine Oil” in thissection.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 254.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly(every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oil

dipstick handle is a loop. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251 for thelocation.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handle maybe hot; it could burn you. Use atowel or glove to touch the dipstickhandle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check the oillevel.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground. Checkthe engine oil level after theengine has been off for at least twohours. Checking the engine oillevel on steep grades or too soonafter engine shutoff can result inincorrect readings. Accuracyimproves when checking a coldengine prior to starting. Removethe dipstick and check the level.


VEHICLE CARE 253

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine is warm,or at least 30 minutes if the engineis not warm. Pull out the dipstick,wipe it with a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in all theway. Remove it again, keeping thetip down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick and theengine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for anexplanation of what kind of oil to use.For engine oil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 337.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oil levelsabove or below the acceptableoperating range shown on thedipstick are harmful to the engine.If you find that you have an oil levelabove the operating range, i.e., theengine has so much oil that the oillevel gets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine could bedamaged. You should drain out theexcess oil or limit driving of thevehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove the excessamount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 251 for the location of the engine oilfill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when finished.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil dependson both the proper oil specificationand viscosity grade. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 333.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils that meetthe dexos1™ specification. Engine oilsthat have been approved by GM asmeeting the dexos1 specification aremarked with the dexos1 approvedlogo. See www.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


254 VEHICLE CARE

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C (−20 °F),an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oilof this viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures. Whenselecting an oil of the appropriateviscosity grade, it is recommended toselect an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification” earlierin this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine OilFlushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting the dexos1specification are all that is needed forgood performance and engineprotection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could cause enginedamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even cause cancer.Do not let used oil stay on your skinfor very long. Clean your skin andnails with soap and water, or a goodhand cleaner. Wash or properlydispose of clothing or rags containingused engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about the useand disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your ownoil, be sure to drain all the oil from thefilter before disposal. Never dispose ofoil by putting it in the trash or pouringit on the ground, into sewers, or intostreams or bodies of water. Recycle itby taking it to a place that collectsused oil.

ENGINE OIL LIFE SYSTEM

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is based on acombination of factors which include

engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven. Basedon driving conditions, the mileage atwhich an oil change is indicated canvary considerably. For the oil lifesystem to work properly, the systemmust be reset every time the oil ischanged.

When the system has calculated thatoil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message comes on. See EngineOil Messages 0 144. Change the oil assoon as possible within the next1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,if driving under the best conditions,the oil life system might indicate thatan oil change is not necessary for upto a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trained servicepeople who will perform this work andreset the system. It is also importantto check the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.


VEHICLE CARE 255

If the system is ever reset accidentally,the oil must be changed at 5 000 km(3,000 mi) since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil life systemwhenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil LifeSystem

Reset the system whenever the engineoil is changed so that the system cancalculate the next engine oil change.To reset the system:

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFE onthe DIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay. See Engine OilMessages 0 144.

2. Press SEL on the DIC controlsand hold SEL down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON message andreset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be reset asfollows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON message is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeat theprocedure.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION FLUIDA transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,take the vehicle to your dealer andhave it repaired as soon as possible.

See your dealer to have the fluid andfilter changed at the intervals listed inthe Maintenance Schedule 0 325.

ENGINE AIR CLEANER/FILTERThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the passengerside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter,see Maintenance Schedule 0 325.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Before


256 VEHICLE CARE

removing the engine air cleaner/filter,make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby componentsare free of dirt and debris. Remove theengine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tapand shake the engine air cleaner/filter(away from the vehicle), to releasedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, and replaceif damaged. Do not clean the engineair cleaner/filter or components withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Remove the five screws on top ofthe engine air cleaner/filterhousing.

2. Lift the air cleaner/filter coverhousing away from the engine.

3. Pull out the filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall thefilter cover housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air; it helps tostop flames if the engine backfires.Use caution when working on theengine and do not drive with the aircleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine, whichcould damage it. Always have theair cleaner/filter in place when youare driving.

COOLING SYSTEMThe cooling system allows the engineto maintain the correct workingtemperature.

1. Electric Engine Cooling Fan(Out of View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fan underthe hood can start up even whenthe engine is not running and can

(CONTINUED)


VEHICLE CARE 257

Warning (Continued)

cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,and tools away from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be very hot.Do not touch them. If you do, youcan be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, it couldlose all coolant. That could cause anengine fire, and you could beburned. Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiator

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

corrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner. Any repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free)coolant in the vehicle.

ENGINE COOLANTThe engine cooling system in thevehicle are filled with DEX-COOL®

engine coolant mixture. This coolantneeds to be checked and changed atappropriate levels. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 333 andMaintenance Schedule 0 325.

The following explains the coolingsystems and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating, seeEngine Overheating 0 259.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water andother liquids, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Thecoolant warning system is set forthe proper coolant mixture. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butyou would not get the overheatwarning. The engine could catch fireand you or others could be burned.Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection down to−37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.


258 VEHICLE CARE

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust and corrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crack enginecooling parts. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Use only the proper mixture ofengine coolant for the coolingsystem. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 333.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or pouring into sewers,streams, or bodies of water. Have thecoolant changed by an authorized

service center, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used coolantdisposal. This will help protect theenvironment and your health.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a level surfacewhen checking the coolant level.

Check to see if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level mark is not visible,add a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant at the coolant surge tank to

the top rib on the middle of the tank,but be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 259.

The coolant surge tank is located inthe engine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 251.

How to Add Coolant to theSurge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough. Do not spill coolant on ahot engine.

Caution

This vehicle has a specific coolantfill procedure. Failure to follow thisprocedure could cause the engine tooverheat and be severely damaged.


VEHICLE CARE 259

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn thecap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressure capto cool.

The coolant surge tank pressure capcan be removed when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap and upper radiator hose,is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is still somepressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the markpointed to on the front of thecoolant surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start the engineand let it run until you can feelthe upper radiator hose gettinghot. Watch out for the enginecooling fans. By this time, thecoolant level inside the coolantsurge tank may be lower. If thelevel is lower, add more of theproper mixture to the coolantsurge tank until the level reachesthe mark pointed to on the frontof the coolant surge tank.

5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and possibleengine damage may occur. Be surethe cap is properly and tightlysecured.

ENGINE OVERHEATINGThe vehicle has several indicators towarn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge and an enginecoolant temperature warning light onthe instrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 123 andEngine Coolant Temperature WarningLight 0 132. The vehicle may alsodisplay a message on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). See EngineCooling System Messages 0 143.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears, getservice help right away. See RoadsideService 0 342.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle is parkedon a level surface. Then check to see ifthe engine cooling fan is running.If the engine is overheating, the fanshould be running. If it is not, do notcontinue to run the engine. Have thevehicle serviced.


260 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

Running the engine without coolantmay cause damage or a fire. Vehicledamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if you justopen the hood. Stay away from theengine if you see or hear steamcoming from it. Just turn it off andget everyone away from the vehicleuntil it cools down. Wait until thereis no sign of steam or coolantbefore you open the hood.

If you keep driving when the engineis overheated, the liquids in it cancatch fire. You or others could bebadly burned. Stop the engine if itoverheats, and get out of the vehicleuntil the engine is cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seen orheard, the problem may not be tooserious. Sometimes the engine can geta little too hot when the vehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatedarea or the engine coolant temperaturewarning light no longer displays, thevehicle can be driven. Continue todrive the vehicle slowly for about

10 minutes. Keep a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front. If the warningdoes not come back on, continue todrive normally and have the coolingsystem checked for proper fill andfunction.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes while parked.If the warning is still displayed, turnoff the engine until it cools down.

WASHER FLUID

What to Use

When adding windshield washer fluidto the vehicle, be sure to read themanufacturer instructions before use.If you will be operating your vehicle inan area where the temperature mayfall below freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

The appropriate message will appearon the Driver Information Center (DIC)when the fluid level is low. See WasherFluid Messages 0 151.


VEHICLE CARE 261

Open the cap with the washer symbolon it. Add washer fluid until the tankis full. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 251 for reservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer system andpaint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solution

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

to freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows for fluidexpansion if freezing occurs,which could damage the tankif it is completely full.

BRAKESDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can beheard all the time when the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes will notwork well. That could lead to acrash. When the brake wear warningsound is heard, have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear and evenlytighten wheel nuts in the propersequence to torque specifications. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 337.


262 VEHICLE CARE

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal doesnot return to normal height, or if thereis a rapid increase in pedal travel. Thiscould be a sign that brake service maybe required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes may notwork properly. The brakingperformance expected can change inmany other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts are installedor if parts are improperly installed.

BRAKE FLUID

The brake master cylinder reservoir isfilled with GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir cap.See Engine Compartment Overview0 251 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a levelsurface, the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum and maximummarks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, the fluidlevel goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulicsystem. Have the brake hydraulicsystem fixed. With a leak, thebrakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoircap and the area around the capbefore removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Addingfluid does not correct a leak. If fluid isadded when the linings are worn, therewill be too much fluid when new brake

linings are installed. Add or removefluid, as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned, and thevehicle could be damaged. Addbrake fluid only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 129.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid atthe specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.


VEHICLE CARE 263

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid from a clean, sealed container.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 333.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, the paintfinish can be damaged. Immediatelywash off any painted surface.

BATTERY - NORTHAMERICAThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not remove thecap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when a newbattery is needed. For replacement ofthe battery, see your dealer.

Stop/Start System

This vehicle has a stop/start system toshut off the engine to help conservefuel. See Starting the Engine 0 192.

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM)12-volt battery. Installation of astandard 12-volt battery will result inreduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt battery chargeron the 12-volt AGM battery, somechargers have an AGM battery settingon the charger. If available, use theAGM setting on the charger, to limitcharge voltage to 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals,and related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Batteriesalso contain other chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 248.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode. Youcan be badly hurt if you are notcareful. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 309 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.


264 VEHICLE CARE

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery tokeep the battery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery oruse a battery trickle charger.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required, havethe transfer case serviced by yourdealer.

STARTER SWITCH CHECK

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection,the vehicle could move suddenly.If the vehicle moves, you or otherscould be injured.

1. Before starting this check, be surethere is enough room around thevehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brake andthe regular brake.

Do not use the accelerator pedal,and be ready to turn off theengine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

PARK BRAKE AND P (PARK)MECHANISM CHECK

{ Warning

When you are doing this check, thevehicle could begin to move. You orothers could be injured andproperty could be damaged. Makesure there is room in front of thevehicle in case it begins to roll. Beready to apply the regular brake atonce should the vehicle beginto move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keeping yourfoot on the regular brake, set theparking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park) mechanism'sholding ability: With the enginerunning, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the parking brake followedby the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

WIPER BLADEREPLACEMENTWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean or replace thewiper blade assembly on a regularbasis or when worn. For proper


VEHICLE CARE 265

windshield wiper blade length andtype, see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 334.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touch thewindshield when no wiper blade isinstalled could damage thewindshield. Any damage that occurswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not allow the wiperarm to touch the windshield.

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the wiper blade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in the middleof the wiper blade where thewiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough to releaseit from the J-hooked end of thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper bladereplacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To remove the wiper blade:

1. Turn the vehicle on and operatethe rear windshield wiper. SeeRear Window Wiper/Washer 0 112.

2. Turn the vehicle off when therear wiper blade is no longercovered by the spoiler.

3. Lift the wiper arm away from thewindow.

4. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and push thewiper arm (1) out of the bladeassembly (3).

5. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks into place.


266 VEHICLE CARE

WINDSHIELDREPLACEMENT

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designed forHUD or the HUD image may look outof focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensor forthe Driver Assistance Systems, thewindshield must be installed accordingto GM specifications for these systemsto work properly. If it is not, there maybe unexpected behavior and/ormessages from these systems. SeeObject Detection SystemMessages 0 145.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If you have tohave the windshield replaced, be sureto get an acoustic windshield so youwill continue to have the benefits anacoustic windshield can provide.

HEADLAMP AIMINGHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

BULB REPLACEMENTFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contact yourdealer.

HALOGEN BULBS

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and can burst if you drop orscratch the bulb. You or otherscould be injured. Be sure to readand follow the instructions on thebulb package.

LED LIGHTINGThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.


VEHICLE CARE 267

HEADLAMPS AND FRONTTURN SIGNAL


1. Headlamp2. Turn Signal Lamp

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-BeamHeadlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 249.

2. Remove the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

3. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseand pull straight back.

4. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb.

5. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

6. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.

7. Install the headlamp bulb accesscover.

Turn Signal Lamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 249.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it straight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

BACK-UP LAMPS

1. Locate the back-up lampassembly underneath the rearfascia.

2. Remove the bulb from the lampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise and pullingstraight out.

3. Remove the bulb and replace.

4. Reverse Steps 2 and 3 forassembly.


268 VEHICLE CARE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMOVERLOADThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is tooheavy, the circuit breaker opens andcloses, protecting the circuit until thecurrent load returns to normal or theproblem is fixed. This greatly reducesthe chance of circuit overload and firecaused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new one ofthe identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road and afuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be borrowed.Choose some feature of the vehiclethat is not needed to use and replaceit as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause thelamps to go on and off, or in somecases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right away ifthe lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected fromelectrical overload, overload due toheavy snow or ice may cause wiperlinkage damage. Always clear ice andheavy snow from the windshieldbefore using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow or ice,be sure to get it fixed.

FUSES AND CIRCUITBREAKERSThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuit

breakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused by electricalproblems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replace abad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage can betemporarily borrowed from anotherfuse location, if a fuse goes out.Replace the fuse as soon as possible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 268,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 272, andRear Compartment Fuse Block 0 274.

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BLOCKThe underhood fuse block is in theengine compartment, on the driverside of the vehicle.


VEHICLE CARE 269

Caution

Do not pull the enginecompartment fuse block lever, sinceit is intended only for servicepurposes. If pulled, vehiclemalfunction may occur.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep the coverson any electrical component.

To remove the fuse block cover, pressthe clips on the cover and lift itstraight up.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses, relays, and featuresshown.


270 VEHICLE CARE

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

Fuses Usage

F1 ABS pump

F2 Starter 1

F3 DC DC transformer 1

F4 –

F5 –

F6 –

F7 DC DC transformer 2

F8 Starter 3

F9 –

F10 –

F11 –

F12 Front wiper

F13 Starter 2

F14 LED/Automaticheadlamp leveling

F15 Rear wiper 1

F16 –

F17 –

F18 Automatic headlampleveling

F19 –


VEHICLE CARE 271

Fuses Usage

F20 –

F21 –

F22 Electronic brakecontrol module

F23 Parking/Trailer lamps

F24 Right trailerstoplamp/Turnlamp

F25 Steering column lock

F26 –

F27 Left trailer stoplamp/Turnlamp

F28 –

F29 –

F30 Washer pump

F31 Right low-beamheadlamp

F32 Left low-beamheadlamp

F33 Fog lamps

F34 Horn

F35 –

Fuses Usage

F36 Left high-beamheadlamp

F37 Right high-beamheadlamp

F38 Automatic headlampleveling

F39 Transmission controlmodule 1

F40 Left rear bus electricalcenter/Ignition

F41 Instrument cluster

F42 HVAC

F43 Head-up display

F44 –

F45 –

F46 –

F47 –

F48 Rear wiper 2

F49 Interior rearviewmirror/Trailer

F50 Fuel system controlmodule

Fuses Usage

F51 Heated steering wheel

F52 A/C clutch

F53 Transmission rangecontrol module

F54 Coolant pump

F55 –

F56 –

F57 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

F58 Transmission controlmodule/Ignition

F59 Engine controlmodule battery

F60 Transmission controlmodule 2

F61 O2 sensor 1/Aeroshutter

F62 Engine controlmodule – odd

F63 O2 sensor 2

F64 Engine controlmodule – even


272 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

F65 Engine controlmodule powertrain 1

F66 Engine controlmodule powertrain 2

F67 Powertrain TRCM

F68 –

F69 –

F70 –

F71 –

F72 –

F73 –

F74 –

F75 –

F76 –

F77 –

K1 Starter 1

K2 Run/Crank

K3 Starter 3

K4 LED/Automaticheadlamps

K5 –

Fuses Usage

K6 Coolant pump

K7 Engine controlmodule

K8 A/C

K9 –

K10 Starter 2

INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSEBLOCK

The instrument panel fuse block is inthe center console between the driverand passenger seats. To access the

fuses, open the fuse panel door,or remove the panel from thepassenger side by pulling it out.

To reinstall the door, push the doorback into its original location.



VEHICLE CARE 273

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Fuses Usage

F1 Body controlmodule 6

F2 Diagnostic link

F3 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F4 –

F5 Logistics

F6 HVAC


F8 Head-up display (ifequipped)

F9 Right frontheated seat

F10 Airbag

F11 Electronic precisionshift

F12 Amplifier


F14 Left frontheated seat

Fuses Usage

F15 Instrument panelswitch bank

F16 Sunroof


F18 Instrument panelcluster

F19 –

F20 Rear seatentertainment


F22 Infotainment


F24 USB charger/Wireless chargingmodule

F25 Ultrasonicparking aid

F26 CIM

F27 –

F28 HVAC Display


274 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

F29 Radio

F30 Steering wheelcontrols

F31 Front blower

F32 AC DC inverter

F33 Driver power seat

F34 Passengerpower seat

F35 Battery IEC 1 feed

F36 Electric powersteering

F37 Rear seatentertainment/USBcharge/Wirelesscharging module


F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 Auxiliary poweroutlet/Lighter

REAR COMPARTMENT FUSEBLOCK

The rear compartment fuse block is inthe cargo area, on the driver side ofthe vehicle behind the lower trimpanel. To open, turn the latch with aflat bladed tool and pull the trim panelfrom the edges to fold it down.

The label for this fuse block is in thespare tire area, on the foam under thecargo floor.


Rear Compartment Fuse Block


VEHICLE CARE 275

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 Trailer battery 1

F3 Driver safety belt

F4 Rear blower

F5 Rear drive control

F6 Passenger safety belt

F7 Right window

F8 Rear defogger

F9 Left window

F10 –

F11 Trailer reverse

F12 –

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Camera

F18 Trailer module

F19 Ventilated seats

F20 –

Fuses Usage

F21 Trailer connector

F22 –

F23 –

F24 Passenger windowswitch

F25 –

F26 Trailer brake

F27 Driver ventilated seat/Lumbar

F28 Passive entry/Passivestart

F29 –

F30 Canister vent

F31 –

F32 Heated mirror

F33 –

F34 Logic mode

F35 Fuel system controlmodule

F36 Passenger ventilatedseat/Lumbar

F37 –

Fuses Usage

F38 Window module

F39 Rear closure

F40 Memory seat module

F41 Automatic occupancysensor

F42 Trailer battery 2

F43 –

F44 –

F45 Liftgate

F46 Rear heated seats

F47 –

F48 Glass breakage

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Semi-activedampening systemmodule

F53 Rear parking aidmodule

F54 External objectcalculating


276 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

F55 –

F56 Universal garage dooropener/Rain sensor

F57 Theft deterrent

CB1 –

CB2 –

CB3 Rear auxiliary poweroutlet

K1 –

K2 –

WHEELS AND TIRES

TIRESEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. See thewarranty manual for informationregarding the tire warranty andwhere to get service. Foradditional information refer to thetire manufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowoutand a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash could causeserious injury. Check alltires frequently tomaintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

(CONTINUED)


VEHICLE CARE 277

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Only thedealer or an authorized tireservice center shouldrepair, replace, dismount,and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation 0 284 for inflationpressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

ALL-SEASON TIRESThis vehicle may come with all-seasontires. These tires are designed toprovide good overall performance onmost road surfaces and weatherconditions. Original equipment tiresdesigned to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto thesidewall. Original equipment all-seasontires can be identified by the last twocharacters of this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving on snow orice-covered roads is expected.All-season tires provide adequateperformance for most winter drivingconditions, but they may not offer thesame level of traction or performanceas winter tires on snow or ice-coveredroads. See Winter Tires 0 277.

WINTER TIRESThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing winter tires

on the vehicle if frequent driving onice or snow covered roads is expected.See your dealer for details regardingwinter tire availability and proper tireselection. Also, see Buying NewTires 0 290.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction, increasedroad noise, and shorter tread life. Afterchanging to winter tires, be alert forchanges in vehicle handling andbraking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, and speedrating as the original equipmenttires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


278 VEHICLE CARE

SUMMER TIRESThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. These tireshave a special tread and compoundthat are optimized for maximum dryand wet road performance. Thisspecial tread and compound will havedecreased performance in coldclimates, and on ice and snow. It isrecommended that winter tires beinstalled on the vehicle if frequentdriving at temperatures belowapproximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice orsnow covered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 277.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may develop surfacecracks in the tread area attemperatures below −7 °C (20 °F).Always store high performancesummer tires indoors and attemperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

less, let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Always inspecttires before use. See TireInspection 0 288.

TIRE SIDEWALL LABELINGUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typical passengervehicle tire and a compact sparetire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type, andservice description. See the “TireSize” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification code


VEHICLE CARE 279

molded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : The Departmentof Transportation (DOT) codeindicates that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture :The last four digits of the TINindicate the tire manufactureddate. The first two digits representthe week (01–52) and the last twodigits, the year. For example, thethird week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TIN is

molded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The type ofcord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) : Tire manufacturers arerequired to grade tires based onthree performance factors:treadwear, traction, andtemperature resistance. For moreinformation see Uniform TireQuality Grading 0 292.

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation LoadLimit : Maximum load that can becarried and the maximum pressureneeded to support that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The type ofcord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). Thecompact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and gone flat.If the vehicle has a compact sparetire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 308and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 295.


280 VEHICLE CARE

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code are the TireIdentification Number (TIN). TheTIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of the tire,although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold Inflation LoadLimit : Maximum load that can becarried and the maximum pressureneeded to support that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : The temporaryuse tire or compact spare tireshould be inflated to 420 kPa(60 psi). For more information ontire pressure and inflation see TirePressure 0 283.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define a tire'swidth, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as the

first character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

TIRE DESIGNATIONS

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : TheUnited States version of a metrictire sizing system. The letter P asthe first character in the tire size

means a passenger vehicle tireengineered to standards set by theU.S. Tire and Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters from sidewallto sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire size aspectratio is 60, as shown in item 3 ofthe illustration, it would mean thatthe tire's sidewall is 60 percent ashigh as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire. Theletter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter B means belted-biasply construction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of thewheel in inches.


VEHICLE CARE 281

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the load indexand speed rating of the tire. Theload index represents the loadcarrying capacity a tire is certifiedto carry. The speed rating is themaximum speed a tire is certifiedto carry a load.

TIRE TERMINOLOGY ANDDEFINITIONSAir Pressure : The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward oneach square inch of the tire. Airpressure is expressed in kPa(kilopascal) or psi (pounds persquare inch).

Accessory Weight : The combinedweight of optional accessories.Some examples of optionalaccessories are automatictransmission, power windows,power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship of atire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of thetread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measuredin kPa (kilopascal) or psi (poundsper square inch) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving. See TirePressure 0 283.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, andcoolant, but without passengersand cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT code includesthe Tire Identification Number(TIN), an alphanumeric designatorwhich can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant,brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

Intended Outboard Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.


282 VEHICLE CARE

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unitfor air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 thatcorresponds to the load carryingcapacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure : Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire can be inflated. Themaximum air pressure is moldedonto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The loadrating for a tire at the maximumpermissible inflation pressure forthat tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curb weight,accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production optionsweight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186.

Occupant Distribution : Designatedseating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : The sideof an asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that faces outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle. Theside of the tire that contains awhitewall, bears white lettering,or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewall ofthe tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure :Vehicle manufacturer'srecommended tire inflation

pressure as shown on the tireplacard. See Tire Pressure 0 283and Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the ply cords that extendto the beads are laid at 90 degreesto the centerline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicatingthe maximum speed at which atire can operate.

Traction : The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wear bars,that show across the tread of a tire


VEHICLE CARE 283

when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) oftread remains. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 290.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire'straction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 292.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargoload. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 186.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, and cargoweight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to a vehicleshowing the vehicle capacityweight and the original equipmenttire size and recommendedinflation pressure. See “Tire andLoading Information Label” underVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

TIRE PRESSURETires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operate effectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tires thatdo not have enough air, canresult in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, can result in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel on the vehicle indicates theoriginal equipment tires and thecorrect cold tire inflationpressures. The recommendedpressure is the minimum airpressure needed to support thevehicle's maximum load carryingcapacity. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186.


284 VEHICLE CARE

How the vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort.Never load the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed tocarry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one. Thecold compact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi). SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 308.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been driven forat least three hours or no morethan 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gaugefirmly onto the valve to get apressure measurement. If the cold

tire inflation pressure matches therecommended pressure on the Tireand Loading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low, addair until the recommendedpressure is reached. If the inflationpressure is high, press on themetal stem in the center of thetire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure with thetire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.

TIRE PRESSURE FORHIGH-SPEED OPERATION

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, puts additionalstrain on tires. Sustained high-speeddriving causes excessive heatbuildup and can cause sudden tirefailure. This could cause a crash,and you or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tires requireinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed operation. When speedlimits and road conditions allow thevehicle to be driven at high speeds,make sure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with 235/65R18 or 235/55R20size tires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicle atspeeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold inflation pressureto the maximum inflation pressure


VEHICLE CARE 285

shown on the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa(41 psi), whichever is lower. Return thetires to the recommended cold tireinflation pressure when high-speeddriving has ended. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186 and Tire Pressure 0 283.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on the tire sidewall,in small letters, near the rim flange.It will read something like this:Maximum load 690 kg (1,521 lbs)300 kPa (44 psi) Max. Press.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORSYSTEMThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor theair pressure in your tires and transmittire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size

than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label,you should determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver's responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 286.


286 VEHICLE CARE


TIRE PRESSURE MONITOROPERATIONThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). The TPMS isdesigned to warn the driver when alow tire pressure condition exists.TPMS sensors are mounted onto eachtire and wheel assembly, excluding thespare tire and wheel assembly. TheTPMS sensors monitor the air pressurein the tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiver locatedin the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition isdetected, the TPMS illuminates thelow tire pressure warning light on theinstrument cluster. If the warning lightcomes on, stop as soon as possible andinflate the tires to the recommended

pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 186.

A message to check the pressure in aspecific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The low tirepressure warning light and the DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire pressurelevels can be viewed. For additionalinformation and details about the DICoperation and displays see DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 135.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that the airpressure is getting low and needs to beinflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label,attached to your vehicle, shows thesize of the original equipment tiresand the correct inflation pressure forthe tires when they are cold. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186, for an

example of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location. Alsosee Tire Pressure 0 283.

The TPMS can warn about a low tirepressure condition but it does notreplace normal tire maintenance. SeeTire Inspection 0 288, Tire Rotation0 289 and Tires 0 276.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not all thesame. A non-approved tire sealantcould damage the TPMS sensors.TPMS sensor damage caused byusing an incorrect tire sealant is notcovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use only the GM approvedtire sealant available through yourdealer or included in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits usea GM approved liquid tire sealant.Using non-approved tire sealants coulddamage the TPMS sensors. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit 0 297 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.


VEHICLE CARE 287

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properly ifone or more of the TPMS sensors aremissing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the lowtire warning light flashes for aboutone minute and then stays on for theremainder of the ignition cycle. A DICwarning message also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that can causethese to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have a TPMSsensor. The malfunction light andDIC message should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See “TPMSSensor Matching Process” later inthis section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. The malfunction

light and the DIC message shouldgo off after successfullycompleting the sensor matchingprocess. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See yourdealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels do notmatch the original equipment tiresor wheels. Tires and wheels otherthan those recommended couldprevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 290.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealer for

service if the TPMS malfunction lightand DIC message comes on andstays on.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one or moreof the TPMS sensors. The TPMSsensor matching process should alsobe performed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightand the DIC message should go off atthe next ignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear. Seeyour dealer for service or to purchasea relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool canalso be purchased. See Tire PressureMonitor Sensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).


288 VEHICLE CARE

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takes longer,the matching process stops and mustbe restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions 0 190.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can beturned on and off through theSettings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 135.

4. Use the five-way DIC control onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 135.

5. Press and hold SEL in the centerof the five-way DIC control.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage displays on the DICscreen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool against thetire sidewall, near the valve stem.Then press the button to activatethe TPMS sensor. A horn chirpconfirms that the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to this tire and wheelposition.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. The hornsounds two times to indicate thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to the driver siderear tire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longer

active. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressure levelas indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label.

TIRE INSPECTIONWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspected forsigns of wear or damage at leastonce a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three or moreplaces around the tire canbe seen.

. There is cord or fabric showingthrough the tire's rubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snagged deepenough to show cord or fabric.


VEHICLE CARE 289

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannot berepaired well because of thesize or location of the damage.

TIRE ROTATIONTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 325.

Tires are rotated to achieve a moreuniform wear for all tires. The firstrotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed,rotate the tires as soon as possible,check for proper tire inflationpressure, and check for damagedtires or wheels. If the unusualwear continues after the rotation,check the wheel alignment. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 290 and WheelReplacement 0 294.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compact sparetire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label after the tireshave been rotated. See TirePressure 0 283 and Vehicle LoadLimits 0 186.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 286.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 337.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become loose aftertime. The wheel could come off andcause an accident. When changing awheel, remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attaches tothe vehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can be used;however, use a scraper or wire brushlater to remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or tirerotation to prevent corrosion orrust build-up. Do not get grease onthe flat wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.


290 VEHICLE CARE

WHEN IT IS TIME FOR NEWTIRESFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds, vehicleloading, and road conditions affect thewear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear when thetires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or lessof tread remaining. See Tire Inspection0 288 and Tire Rotation 0 289.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it is

never used. Multiple factors includingtemperatures, loading conditions, andinflation pressure maintenance affecthow fast aging takes place. GMrecommends that tires, including thespare if equipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. The tiremanufacture date is the last four digitsof the DOT Tire Identification Number(TIN) which is molded into one side ofthe tire sidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. For example,the third week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Park avehicle that will be stored for at least amonth in a cool, dry, clean area awayfrom direct sunlight to slow aging.This area should be free of grease,gasoline, or other substances that candeteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires that mayresult in vibrations while driving.When storing a vehicle for at least a

month, remove the tires or raise thevehicle to reduce the weight from thetires.

BUYING NEW TIRESGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) systemrating. When replacement tires areneeded, GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Spec systemconsiders over a dozen criticalspecifications that impact theoverall performance of the vehicle,including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tire pressuremonitoring performance. GM'sTPC Spec number is molded ontothe tire's sidewall near the tiresize. If the tires have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Spec number


VEHICLE CARE 291

will be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 278.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling performancemay be adversely affected if all thetires are not replaced at the sametime. If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done, allfour tires should wear out at aboutthe same time. See Tire Rotation0 289. However, if it is necessaryto replace only one axle set ofworn tires, place the new tires onthe rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H, V,W, Y and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tires’maximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only yourdealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount ordismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may cause lossof control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use the correctsize, brand, and type of tires onall wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheel rimflanges to develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tireand/or wheel could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheelson the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size, loadrange, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tire pressuremonitoring system could give aninaccurate low-pressure warning ifnon-TPC Spec rated tires areinstalled. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 285.


292 VEHICLE CARE

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel indicates the originalequipment tires on the vehicle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

DIFFERENT SIZE TIRES ANDWHEELSIf wheels or tires are installed that area different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,traction control, electronic stabilitycontrol, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems can alsobe affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptable levelof performance and safety if tiresnot recommended for those wheels

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

are selected. This increases thechance of a crash and serious injury.Only use GM specific wheel and tiresystems developed for the vehicle,and have them properly installed bya GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 290 andAccessories and Modifications 0 248.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in theUnited States. The grades aremolded on the sidewalls of mostpassenger car tires. The UniformTire Quality Grading (UTQG)system does not apply to deep

tread, winter tires, compact sparetires, tires with nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger cars andlight trucks may vary with respectto these grades, they must alsoconform to federal safetyrequirements and additionalGeneral Motors Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder andmaximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.


VEHICLE CARE 293

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half(1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance oftires depends upon the actualconditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations indriving habits, service practicesand differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highestto lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire'sability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlledconditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance. Warning: Thetraction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire's resistance to the generationof heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessivetemperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level ofperformance which all passengercar tires must meet under theFederal Motor Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A represent

higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is established for a tirethat is properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

WHEEL ALIGNMENT ANDTIRE BALANCEThe tires and wheels were aligned andbalanced at the factory to provide thelongest tire life and best overallperformance. Adjustments to wheelalignment and tire balancing are notnecessary on a regular basis. Consideran alignment check if there is unusualtire wear or the vehicle is significantlypulling to one side or the other. Someslight pull to the left or right,depending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts, is normal.If the vehicle is vibrating when driving


294 VEHICLE CARE

on a smooth road, the tires and wheelsmay need to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.

WHEEL REPLACEMENTReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, thewheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nutsshould be replaced. If the wheel leaksair, replace it. Some aluminum wheelscan be repaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have the sameload-carrying capacity, diameter,width, offset, and be mounted thesame way as the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) sensors with new GM originalequipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nutscan be dangerous. It could affect thebraking and handling of the vehicle.Tires can lose air, and cause loss ofcontrol, causing a crash. Always usethe correct wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim, bumperheight, vehicle ground clearance,and tire or tire chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a used oneis dangerous. How it has been usedor how far it has been driven maybe unknown. It could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. When replacingwheels, use a new GM originalequipment wheel.

TIRE CHAINS

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a tire size otherthan 235/65R18, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension, or othervehicle parts. The area damaged bythe tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if its

(CONTINUED)


VEHICLE CARE 295

Warning (Continued)

manufacturer recommends it for thevehicle's tire size combination androad conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove the tractiondevice if it contacts the vehicle. Donot spin the wheels. If tractiondevices are used, install them on thefront tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with 235/65R18 size tires, use tire chains onlywhere legal and only whennecessary. Use low profile chainsthat add no more than 12 mmthickness to the tire tread and innersidewall. Use chains that are theproper size for the tires. Installthem on the tires of the front axle.Do not use chains on the tires ofthe rear axle. Tighten them as

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

tightly as possible with the endssecurely fastened. Drive slowly andfollow the chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, slowdown until it stops. Driving too fastor spinning the wheels with chainson will damage the vehicle.

IF A TIRE GOES FLATIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tires aremaintained properly. See Tires 0 276.If air goes out of a tire, it is muchmore likely to leak out slowly. But ifthere is ever a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire createsa drag that pulls the vehicle towardthat side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steeringwheel firmly. Steer to maintain laneposition, and then gently brake to astop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve,acts much like a skid and may requirethe same correction as used in a skid.Stop pressing the accelerator pedaland steer to straighten the vehicle.It may be very bumpy and noisy.Gently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash. Neverattempt to re-inflate a tire that hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat. Have yourdealer or an authorized tire servicecenter repair or replace the flat tireas soon as possible.


296 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowly toa level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 165.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can be dangerous.The vehicle can slip off the jack androll over or fall causing injury or

(CONTINUED)

Warning (Continued)

death. Find a level place to changethe tire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicle israised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the opposite cornerof the tire being changed.

This vehicle may come with a jack andspare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 303. To use

the tire sealant and compressor kit,see Tire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 297.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as a guideto assist you in the placement ofwheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


VEHICLE CARE 297

TIRE SEALANT ANDCOMPRESSOR KIT

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosed areawith poor ventilation is dangerous.Engine exhaust may enter thevehicle. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) which cannotbe seen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.Never run the engine in an enclosedarea that has no fresh airventilation. For more information,see Engine Exhaust 0 197.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could cause thetire to rupture and you or otherscould be injured. Be sure to readand follow the tire sealant andcompressor kit instructions andinflate the tire to its recommendedpressure. Do not exceed therecommended pressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or other equipmentin the passenger compartment ofthe vehicle could cause injury. In asudden stop or collision, looseequipment could strike someone.Store the tire sealant andcompressor kit in its originallocation.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressor canbe used to temporarily seal puncturesup to 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread areaof the tire. It can also be used toinflate an underinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated from thewheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has alarge puncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effective. SeeRoadside Service 0 342.

Read and follow all of the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge


298 VEHICLE CARE

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expiration dateon the tire sealant canister. The tiresealant canister (4) should be replacedbefore its expiration date. Replacementtire sealant canisters are available atyour local dealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a heatedenvironment for five minutes. This willhelp to inflate the tire faster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowly toa level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 165.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 295 for otherimportant safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects that havepenetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressor fromits storage location. See Storingthe Tire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 303.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inlet valve (1)by turning it clockwise untiltight.


VEHICLE CARE 299

5. Slide the base of the tire sealantcanister (3) into the slot on thetop of the compressor (6) to holdit upright.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground sothe hose will reach it.

6. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plug cordin the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflation pressureusing the pressure gauge (8). Therecommended inflation pressurecan be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeTire Pressure 0 283.

The pressure gauge (8) may readhigher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor ison. Turn the compressor off to


300 VEHICLE CARE

get an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be driven farther.The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant and compressorkit cannot inflate the tire. Removethe power plug from the accessorypower outlet and unscrew theinflating hose from the tire valve.See Roadside Service 0 342.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and the sealantis distributed in the tire.Therefore, Steps 13–21 must bedone immediately after Step 12.

Be careful while handling the tiresealant and compressor kit as itcould be warm after usage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet in thevehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) to preventsealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10) andpower plug (9) back to theiroriginal storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove the maximumspeed label from the sealantcanister and place it in a highlyvisible location.

Do not exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tire isrepaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location and checkthe tire pressure. Refer toSteps 1–10 under “Using the TireSealant and Compressor Kitwithout Sealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured).”


VEHICLE CARE 301

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi) belowthe recommended inflationpressure, stop driving the vehicle.The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant cannot sealthe tire. See RoadsideService 0 342.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate the tireto the recommended inflationpressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tire sealantcanister (4) at a local dealer or inaccordance with local state codesand practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take the vehicleto an authorized dealer within161 km (100 mi) of driving tohave the tire repaired or replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit without Sealantto Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowly toa level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 165.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 295 for otherimportant safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor from itsstorage location. See Storing theTire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 303.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.


302 VEHICLE CARE

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground sothe hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 114.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plug cordin the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflation pressureusing the pressure gauge (8). Therecommended inflation pressurecan be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeTire Pressure 0 283.

The pressure gauge (8) may readhigher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor ison. Turn the compressor off toget an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be driven farther.

(CONTINUED)

Caution (Continued)

The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant and compressorkit cannot inflate the tire. Removethe power plug from the accessorypower outlet and unscrew theinflating hose from the tire valve.See Roadside Service 0 342.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could be warmafter usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet in thevehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10) andpower plug (9) back to theiroriginal storage location.


VEHICLE CARE 303

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflate airmattresses, balls, etc.

STORING THE TIRESEALANT ANDCOMPRESSOR KITThe tire sealant and compressor kit isin a bag in the rear compartmentstorage area.

1. Open the liftgate.

2. See Cargo ManagementSystem 0 105.

3. Lift the cargo floor.

4. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

5. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

TIRE CHANGING

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. SeeLiftgate 0 38.

2. See Cargo ManagementSystem 0 105.

3. Pull up on the handle to lift theload floor.


304 VEHICLE CARE

4. Turn the wing nut (4)counterclockwise to remove thejack (1), wheel wrench (2), andstrap (3). Place the tool containernear the tire being changed.

5. Remove the nut retaining thespare tire.

6. Remove the spare tire and placeit next to the tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 295.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen all thewheel nuts, but do not removethem yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift head isin the correct position or you maydamage your vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by yourwarranty.


VEHICLE CARE 305

4. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flat tire.

The jacking location is indicatedby a half circle notch in themetal flange. The jack must notbe used in any other position.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous. If thevehicle slips off the jack, you couldbe badly injured or killed. Never getunder a vehicle when it is supportedonly by a jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned can damagethe vehicle and even make thevehicle fall. To help avoid personalinjury and vehicle damage, be sureto fit the jack lift head into theproper location before raising thevehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without the appropriatesafety equipment and training. If ajack is provided with the vehicle, itis designed only for changing a flattire. If it is used for anything else,you or others could be badly injuredor killed if the vehicle slips off thejack. If a jack is provided with thevehicle, only use it for changing aflat tire.

Caution

Using a jack to raise the vehiclewithout positioning it correctlycould damage your vehicle. Whenraising your vehicle on a jack, besure to position it correctly underthe frame and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwiseto raise the jack until the slot inthe jack lift head fits into themetal flange located behind thecut out on the plastic molding.

Do not raise the vehicle yet.


306 VEHICLE CARE

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

7. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise in thejack. Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there is enoughroom for the spare tire to fitunder the wheel well.

8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

9. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become loose aftertime. The wheel could come off andcause an accident. When changing awheel, remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attaches tothe vehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can be used;however, use a scraper or wire brushlater to remove all rust or dirt.

10. Remove any rust or dirt from thewheel bolts, mounting surfaces,and spare wheel.

11. Place the compact spare tire onthe wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on bolts ornuts because the nuts might comeloose. The vehicle's wheel could falloff, causing a crash.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighteneach nut by hand until the wheelis held against the hub.

13. Lower the vehicle by turning thejack handle counterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can cause thewheels to become loose or come off.The wheel nuts should be tightenedwith a torque wrench to the propertorque specification after replacing.

(CONTINUED)


VEHICLE CARE 307

Warning (Continued)

Follow the torque specificationsupplied by the aftermarketmanufacturer when using accessorylocking wheel nuts. See Capacitiesand Specifications 0 337 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the proper sequenceand to the proper torquespecification. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 337 for the wheelnut torque specification.

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, as shown.

15. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire, tightenall six plastic caps hand snug with theaid of the wheel wrench and tightenthem with the wheel wrench anadditional one-quarter of a turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on the compactspare, the cover or the spare couldbe damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

To store the flat or spare tire andtools:

1. Open the liftgate. SeeLiftgate 0 38.


308 VEHICLE CARE

2. Put back all tools as they werestored in the rear storagecompartment and put thecompartment cover back on.

3. Install the cargo cover.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

5. Place the loop end of the strapthrough the cargo tie-down. Placethe hook end of the strapthrough the loop and pull it untilthe strap is fastened securely tothe tie-down.

6. Route the strap hook through thewheel, as shown.

7. Attach the strap to the othercargo tie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

8. Tighten the strap and secure itusing the buckle.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compact sparetire with a full-size tire as soon asyou can.

COMPACT SPARE TIRE

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to a crashand you or others could be injured.Use only one compact spare tire ata time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressure regularly.It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctly inflatedafter being installed on the vehicle.The compact spare tire is designed fortemporary use only. The vehicle willperform differently with the spare tireinstalled and it is recommended thatthe vehicle speed be limited to80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve thetread of the spare tire, have the


VEHICLE CARE 309

standard tire repaired or replaced assoon as convenient and return thespare tire to the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire, theAWD (if equipped), ABS, and TractionControl systems may engage until thespare tire is recognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possible wheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car wash withguide rails. The compact spare canget caught on the rails which candamage the tire, wheel, and otherparts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare on othervehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires. Theywill not fit. Keep the spare tire and itswheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damage thevehicle and the chains. Do not usetire chains on the compact spare.

JUMP STARTING

JUMP STARTING - NORTHAMERICAFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 263.

If the battery has run down, try to useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start your vehicle. Be sure touse the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals,and related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Batteriesalso contain other chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 248.


310 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They can bedangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of these thingscan hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage to the vehicle thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Trying to start the vehicleby pushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Discharged Remote BatteryPositive Terminal

2. Discharged Remote BatteryNegative Ground Terminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start remote positiveterminal (1) and the remote negativeground terminal (2) for the dischargedbattery are on the driver side of thevehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connection forthe discharged battery is under acover. Remove the cover to expose theterminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with a negativeground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the transmission in P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 195.


VEHICLE CARE 311

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jump startingprocedure, they could be damaged.The repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Wheneverpossible, turn off or unplug allaccessories on either vehicle whenjump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not running andcan injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode. Peoplehave been hurt doing this, and somehave been blinded. Use a flashlightif you need more light.

Battery fluid contains acid that canburn you. Do not get it on you.If you accidentally get it in youreyes or on your skin, flush the placewith water and get medical helpimmediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engine partscan injure you badly. Keep yourhands away from moving parts oncethe engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of the goodbattery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundterminal on the driver side shocktower for the discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, it probablyneeds service.

Caution

If the jumper cables are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur and

(CONTINUED)


312 VEHICLE CARE

Caution (Continued)

damage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always connect andremove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicle andremoving the jumper cables, allow it toidle for several minutes.

TOWING THE VEHICLE

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabled vehiclemay cause damage. The damagewould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Do not lash or hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the proper strapsaround the tires to secure thevehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck fortowing a disabled vehicle. Never use asling type lift or damage will occur.Use ramps to help reduce approachangles if necessary. A towed vehicleshould have its drive wheels off theground.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrier froma flat road surface. Do not use the toweye to pull the vehicle from snow,mud, or sand.

Consult a professional towing serviceif the disabled vehicle must be towed.

RECREATIONAL VEHICLETOWINGRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motor home.The two most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing are knownas dinghy towing and dolly towing.Dinghy towing is towing the vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground.Dolly towing is towing the vehicle withtwo wheels on the ground and twowheels up on a device known as adolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of the towingvehicle. Be sure to read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle will be towed.Some vehicles have restrictions onhow far and how long theycan tow.


VEHICLE CARE 313

. The proper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipment recommendations.

. If the vehicle is ready to be towed.Just as preparing the vehicle for along trip, make sure the vehicle isprepared to be towed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front ofthe vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.If using a shield, only use one thatattaches to the towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

The vehicle is neither designed norintended to be dinghy towed.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles should not betowed with two wheels on the ground.To properly tow these vehicles, theyshould be placed on a platform trailerwith all four wheels off of the ground.

An all-wheel-drive vehicle equippedwith Driver Mode Control can be dollytowed with the front wheels off the

ground, as long as the vehicle is inTour Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 208.

Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

To tow the vehicle from the front withthe rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Shift the transmission to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 195.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.


314 VEHICLE CARE

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Never have the vehicletowed from the rear.

APPEARANCE CARE

EXTERIOR CARE

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory. Usea de-icing agent only when absolutelynecessary, and have the locks greasedafter using. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 333.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish, washit often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents as theycan damage the vehicle's paint,metal, or plastic parts. If damageoccurs, it would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Approvedcleaning products can be obtainedfrom your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(CONTINUED)


VEHICLE CARE 315

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use of powerwashers exceeding 8,274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damage orremoval of paint and decals.

Caution

Do not power wash any component

under the hood that has thisesymbol.

This could cause damage that wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

If using an automatic car wash, followthe car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that may bedamaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washingand after, to remove all cleaningagents completely. If they are allowedto dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfaces aredamaged, see your dealer to have thedamage assessed and repaired. Foreignmaterials such as calcium chloride andother salts, ice melting agents, road oiland tar, tree sap, bird droppings,chemicals from industrial chimneys,etc., can damage the vehicle's finish ifthey remain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.

If necessary, use non-abrasive cleanersthat are marked safe for paintedsurfaces to remove foreign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. See yourdealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,simulated wood, or flat paint asdamage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding or aggressivepolishing on a basecoat/clearcoatpaint finish may damage it. Useonly non-abrasive waxes andpolishes that are made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish onthe vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.


316 VEHICLE CARE

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can result ina hazy white finish or pitting. Thisdamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool to thetouch before applying any cleaningsolution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soap toclean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems,decals, and stripes. Follow instructionsunder "Washing the Vehicle"previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, andsome have a UV protective coating. Donot clean or wipe them when dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or otherharsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessive heatgenerated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly cancause damage to the lamp coverthat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss black finishstripes can increase the gloss leveland create a non-uniform finish.Clean low gloss stripes with soapand water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.


VEHICLE CARE 317

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shutter systemdesigned to help increase fueleconomy. Keep the shutter systemclean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning the blades.

Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup ofvehicle wash/wax treatments maycause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dusty conditions,sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed byrubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 333.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on the vehicle maydamage the paint finish and/or tires.When applying a tire dressing,always wipe off any overspray fromall painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim— Aluminum orChrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soapand water to clean the wheels. Afterrinsing thoroughly with clean water,dry with a soft, clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if the vehicleis not washed after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium, calcium, or sodiumchloride. These chlorides are usedon roads for conditions such as iceand dust. Always wash the chromewith soap and water after exposure.


318 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do not usestrong soaps, chemicals, abrasivepolishes, cleaners, brushes,or cleaners that contain acid onaluminum or chrome-plated wheels.Use only approved cleaners. Also,never drive a vehicle with aluminumor chrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occur andthe repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect allother brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering, suspension,and chassis components for damaged,loose, or missing parts or signs of wearat least once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hoodhinges, liftgate hinges, and the steelfuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstrips with aclean cloth will make them last longer,seal better, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush any corrosivematerials from the underbody. Takecare to thoroughly clean any areaswhere mud and other debris cancollect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfer caseand/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requiressheet metal repair or replacement,make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material to partsrepaired or replaced to restorecorrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.


VEHICLE CARE 319

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted vehicle surfaces causingblotchy, ring-shaped discolorations,and small, irregular dark spots etchedinto the paint surface. See “FinishCare” previously in this section.

INTERIOR CARETo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to remove dustfrom knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mild soapsolution, immediately remove handlotions, sunscreen, and insect repellentfrom all interior surfaces or permanentdamage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designed forthe surfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply all cleanersdirectly to the cleaning cloth. Do notspray cleaners on any switches orcontrols. Remove cleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read and followall safety instructions on the label.While cleaning the interior, open thedoors and windows to get properventilation.

To prevent damage, do not clean theinterior using the following cleaners ortechniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surface aggressivelyor with too much pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps with degreasers.For liquid cleaners, useapproximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1gal) of water. A concentrated soapsolution will create streaks andattract dirt. Do not use solutionsthat contain strong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercial glasscleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damage therear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six months ofownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will not bedamaged. Clean spots with water andmild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.


320 VEHICLE CARE

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface using asoft brush attachment. If a rotatingvacuum brush attachment is beingused, only use it on the floor carpet.Before cleaning, gently remove asmuch of the soil as possible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much aspossible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently to preventforcing the soil in to the fabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completely removed,it may be necessary to use acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. Test a small hidden area forcolorfastness before using acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. If ring formation occurs, cleanthe entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First, usea soft bristle brush to remove dirt thatcan scratch the surface. Then gentlyclean by rubbing with a microfibercloth. Never use window cleaners orsolvents. Periodically hand wash themicrofiber cloth separately, using mildsoap. Do not use bleach or fabricsoftener. Rinse thoroughly and air drybefore next use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. This maycause damage and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


VEHICLE CARE 321

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl,Other Plastic Surfaces, LowGloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith water to remove dust and loosedirt. For a more thorough cleaning, usea soft microfiber cloth dampened witha mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, as wellas other interior surfaces, may causepermanent damage. Wipe excessmoisture from these surfaces aftercleaning and allow them to drynaturally. Never use heat, steam,or spot removers. Do not usecleaners that contain silicone orwax-based products. Cleanerscontaining these solvents canpermanently change the appearanceand feel of leather or soft trim, andare not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshield undercertain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plastics andpainted surfaces. If an air freshenercomes in contact with any plastic orpainted surface in the vehicle, blotimmediately and clean with a softcloth dampened with a mild soapsolution. Damage caused by airfresheners would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.Rinse with cold water, and then drycompletely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weaken thewebbing. In a crash, they might notbe able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse safetybelt webbing only with mild soapand lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

FLOOR MATS

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size or isnot properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distancewhich can cause a crash and injury.Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines for properfloor mat usage.


322 VEHICLE CARE

. The original equipment floor matswere designed for your vehicle.If the floor mats need replacing, itis recommended that certifiedfloor mats be purchased.Non-certified floor mats may notfit properly and may interfere withthe pedals. Always check that thefloor mats do not interfere withthe pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correctside up. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on thedriver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on topof another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.The passenger side floor mat is held inplace by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainer andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snappinginto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place. Verifythe floor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 323

SERVICE ANDMAINTENANCE

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application Services . . . . . 330

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

GENERAL INFORMATIONYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describes therequired maintenance for the vehicle.Follow this schedule to help protectagainst major repair expenses resultingfrom neglect or inadequatemaintenance. It may also help tomaintain the value of the vehicle if itis sold. It is the responsibility of theowner to have all requiredmaintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and online schedulingto assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importanceof providing competitively pricedmaintenance and repair services. Withtrained technicians, the dealer is theplace for routine maintenance such asoil changes and tire rotations and


324 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

additional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Maintenanceintervals, checks, inspections,recommended fluids, and lubricantsare important to keep the vehicle ingood working condition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more frequent

checks and services. The AdditionalRequired Services - Normal are forvehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargo withinrecommended limits on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 186.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal driving limits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 235.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed or competitivedriving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can cause seriousinjury. Perform maintenance workonly if the required information,proper tools, and equipment areavailable. If they are not, see yourdealer to have a trained techniciando the work. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 249.



CADILLAC PREMIUMCARE MAINTENANCEYour vehicle comes with the CadillacPremium Care Maintenance. It is amaintenance program that coversselect maintenance services. See theWarranty booklet.

Cadillac Premium Care Maintenancecovers routine maintenance services,when scheduled in accordance withthe owner manual, including:

. Oil changes based on the vehicle'soil life monitor system.

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi-point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenance servicesbe performed by a Cadillac authorizedservice dealer.

MAINTENANCESCHEDULEOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 252.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 283.

. Inspect the tires for wear. See TireInspection 0 288.

. Check the windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 260.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, the engineoil life system may not indicate theneed for vehicle service for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter must bechanged at least once a year and theoil life system must be reset. Yourtrained dealer technician can perform

this work. If the engine oil life systemis reset accidentally, service thevehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi sincethe last service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 254.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform the followingservices. See Tire Rotation 0 289.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed, changeengine oil and filter, and reset oillife system. See Engine Oil 0 252and Engine Oil Life System 0 254.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 257.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 260.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See Exterior Care0 314. Replace worn or damagedwiper blades. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 264.



. Check tire inflation pressures. SeeTire Pressure 0 283.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 288.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 255.

. Inspect brake system. See ExteriorCare 0 314.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear.See Exterior Care 0 314.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 72.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields for looseor damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 314.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 264.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check 0 264.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signsof wear, cracks, or other damage.Check the hold open ability of thestrut. See your dealer if service isrequired.

. Check tire sealant expiration date,if equipped. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 297.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 52.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Checkengine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engineoil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace rear axle fluid. If equipped with positractionrear axle. (6) @ @ @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filter

replacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 256.



(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comesfirst. Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(6) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water can

overcome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 262.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Checkengine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engineoil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace rear axle fluid. If equipped with positractionrear axle. (6) @ @ @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmental allergens.

Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 256.



(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comesfirst. Inspect for fraying, excessivecracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(6) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(7) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 262.

SPECIAL APPLICATIONSERVICES. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles

Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 314.

ADDITIONALMAINTENANCEAND CAREYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additional maintenanceservices may be required.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — their traineddealer technicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditions tolook for that may indicate services arerequired.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies power tostart the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.



. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs of crackingor splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the belts and recommendadjustment or replacement whennecessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucialto safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the brakes and recommendquality parts engineered for thevehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluidsprotect the vehicle’s systems andcomponents. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 333 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshield washerfluid levels should be checked atevery fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to be filled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should beregularly inspected to ensure thatthere are no cracks or leaks. With amulti-point inspection, your dealer caninspect the hoses and advise ifreplacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage. Thebrake lamps need to be checkedperiodically to ensure that theylight when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may include steeringwheel vibration, bounce/sway whilebraking, longer stopping distance,or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspect theshocks and struts for signs of



leaking, blown seals, or damage,and can advise when service isneeded.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintaining thetires can save money and fuel, and canreduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in the treador sidewall; or a bulge or split inthe tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can also providetire/wheel balancing services toensure smooth vehicle operation atall speeds. Your dealer sells andservices name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean and

protect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 319 andExterior Care 0 314.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliver optimalwear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment may needto be adjusted include pulling,improper vehicle handling,or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure proper wheelalignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield clean andclear.

. Signs of damage include scratches,cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacement ifneeded.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned andkept in good condition to provide aclear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades and replacethem when needed.



RECOMMENDED FLUIDS, LUBRICANTS, AND PARTS

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission AW-1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19256039, inCanada 19256040).

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricantmeeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant. SeeEngine Coolant 0 257.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade.ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 252.

Fuel Additive Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Part No. 88861013).

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819).

Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint, HoodLatch Assembly, Secondary Latch,

Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Rear Axle Gear Fluid Dexron LS Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).

Rear Differential Clutch Fluid(If equipped)

Rear Axle Hydraulic Fluid (GM Part No. 88901975, in Canada 88901976).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT PARTSReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

3.6L V6 Engine 20857930 A3178C

Engine Oil Filter

3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23372088 —

Passenger Side – 50 cm (19.7 in) 23360287 —

Rear – 30 cm (11.8 in) 23308226 —



MAINTENANCE RECORDSAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type ofservices performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


336 TECHNICAL DATA

TECHNICAL DATA

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications . . . . 337Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . 338

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATION

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, on theleft side of the vehicle. It can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.The Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) also appears on the VehicleCertification and Service Parts labelsand certificates of title andregistration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is theengine code. This code identifies thevehicle's engine, specifications, andreplacement parts. See “Engine

Specifications” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 337 for the vehicle'sengine code.

SERVICE PARTSIDENTIFICATION LABELThis label is in the rear compartment,under the load floor, inside the cargostorage shelf unit, and has thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


TECHNICAL DATA 337

VEHICLE DATA

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONSThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants0 333 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System – Engine 11.37 L 12.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal

All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 Engine S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)


338 TECHNICAL DATA

ENGINE DRIVE BELTROUTING


CUSTOMER INFORMATION 339

CUSTOMERINFORMATION

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . 341Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . 341

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . 345Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . 348

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to theUnited States Government . . . . . 349

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . 349

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

CUSTOMERINFORMATION

CUSTOMER SATISFACTIONPROCEDUREYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or the operationof the vehicle will be resolved by yourdealer's sales or service departments.Sometimes, however, despite the bestintentions of all concerned,misunderstandings can occur. If yourconcern has not been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following steps shouldbe taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concern witha member of dealership management.Normally, concerns can be quicklyresolved at that level. If the matter hasalready been reviewed with the sales,service or parts manager, contact theowner of your dealership or thegeneral manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management, itappears your concern cannot be


340 CUSTOMER INFORMATION

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer Assistance Center at1-800–458–8006. In Canada, call theCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre at 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give theCustomer Assistance representative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and presentmileage.

When contacting Cadillac, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : BothGeneral Motors and your dealer arecommitted to making sure you are

completely satisfied with the newvehicle. However, if you continue toremain unsatisfied after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One andTwo, you can file with the BetterBusiness Bureau (BBB) Auto Line®

Program to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administered bythe Council of Better Business Bureausto settle automotive disputes regardingvehicle repairs or the interpretation ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Although you may be required toresort to this informal disputeresolution program prior to filing acourt action, use of the program is freeof charge and your case will generallybe heard within 40 days. If you do notagree with the decision given in yourcase, you may reject it and proceedwith any other venue for reliefavailable to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-free telephonenumber or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District of Columbia.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,mileage, and other factors. GeneralMotors reserves the right to changeeligibility limitations and/ordiscontinue its participation in thisprogram.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : Inthe event that you do not feel yourconcerns have been addressed afterfollowing the procedure outlined inSteps One and Two, General Motors ofCanada Company wants you to beaware of its participation in ano-charge mediation/arbitrationprogram. General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to binding



arbitration of owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle service claims.The program provides for the reviewof the facts involved by an impartialthird party arbiter, and may include aninformal hearing before the arbiter.The program is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process, fromthe time you file your complaint to thefinal decision, should be completed inabout 70 days. We believe ourimpartial program offers advantagesover courts in most jurisdictionsbecause it is informal, quick, and freeof charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada CompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompanied bythe Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCEOFFICESCadillac encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes to writeor e-mail Cadillac, the letter should beaddressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephonedevices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada CompanyCadillac Customer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCEFOR TEXT TELEPHONE (TTY)USERSTo assist customers who are deaf, hardof hearing, or speech-impaired andwho use Text Telephones (TTYs),Cadillac has TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. AnyTTY user can communicate withCadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-2622.TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.



ONLINE OWNER CENTER

Online Owner Experience (U.S.)my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online owner experienceallows interaction with Cadillac andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View printable dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and view locations,maps, phone numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls or search byVehicle Identification Number (VIN).See Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 336.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada)cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, and warrantyinformation.

. Retrieve favorite articles, quizzes,tips, and multimedia galleriesorganized into the FeaturedArticles and Auto Care Sections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

ROADSIDE SERVICEU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service, havethe following information ready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for the durationof the vehicle’s powertrain warranty.



In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicleis covered. In Canada, a person drivingthe vehicle without permission fromthe owner is not covered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue the RoadsideService program at any time withoutnotification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery

of enough fuel for the vehicle toget to the nearest service station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlockthe vehicle if you are locked out.A remote unlock may be availableif you have OnStar. For securityreasons, the driver must presentidentification before this service isgiven.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service to changea flat tire with a spare tire. Thespare tire, if equipped, must be ingood condition and properlyinflated. It is your responsibilityfor the repair or replacement ofthe tire if it is not covered by thewarranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip is interrupteddue to a warranty failure,incidental expenses may bereimbursed during the Powertrainwarranty period. Items consideredare hotel, meals, and rental car ora vehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 805 km(500 mi).

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Serviceis more than an auto club or towingservice. It provides every Cadillacowner in the United States with theadvantage of contacting a Cadillacadvisor and, where available, a Cadillactrained dealer technician who canprovide on-site service.

A dealer technician will travel to yourlocation within a 30-mile radius of aparticipating Cadillac dealership.If beyond this radius, we will arrangeto have your car towed to the nearestCadillac dealership. Each techniciantravels with a specially equippedservice vehicle complete with thenecessary Cadillac parts and toolsrequired to handle most roadsiderepairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.



. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires, chains,or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle isin an area that is not accessible to theservice vehicle or is not a regularlytraveled or maintained public road,which includes ice and winter roads.Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is up

to 7 liters. Diesel fuel delivery maybe restricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided through thisservice.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy of therepair orders are required. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Service advisor willhelp you make arrangements andexplain how to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: If assistancecannot be provided right away, theRoadside Service advisor may giveyou permission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered, howeverany cost for parts and labor forrepairs not covered by thewarranty are the ownerresponsibility.

SCHEDULING SERVICEAPPOINTMENTSWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. By schedulinga service appointment and advisingthe service consultant of yourtransportation needs, your dealer canhelp minimize your inconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled intothe service department immediately,keep driving it until it can bescheduled for service, unless, ofcourse, the problem is safety related.

If it is, please call your dealership, letthem know this, and ask forinstructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you are urgedto do so as early in the work day aspossible to allow for same-day repair.

COURTESYTRANSPORTATIONPROGRAMTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), extendedpowertrain, and/or hybrid-specificwarranties in both the U.S. andCanada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience when warrantyrepairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a partof the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.A separate booklet entitled “Limited



Warranty and Owner AssistanceInformation” furnished with each newvehicle provides detailed warrantycoverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, your dealermay offer the following transportationoptions:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonable timeand distance parameters of yourdealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must be supportedby original receipts and within themaximum amount allowed by GM forshuttle service. If U.S. customersarrange their own transportation,limited reimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available. Claim

amounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by original receipts.See your dealer for information.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and must besupported by original receipts as wellas a signed and completed rentalagreement and meet state/provincial,local, and rental vehicle providerrequirements. Requirements vary andmay include minimum agerequirements, insurance coverage,credit card, etc. Additional fees such asfuel usage charges, taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide a likevehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available at everydealer. Contact your dealer for specificavailability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claim eligibilitypursuant to the terms and conditionsdescribed herein at its sole discretion.

COLLISION DAMAGE REPAIRIf the vehicle is involved in a collisionand it is damaged, have the damagerepaired by a qualified technicianusing the proper equipment andquality replacement parts. Poorlyperformed collision repairs diminishthe vehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromised insubsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as the partswith which the vehicle was originallybuilt. Genuine GM Collision parts arethe best choice to ensure that thevehicle's designed appearance,durability, and safety are preserved.



The use of Genuine GM parts can helpmaintain the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Recycled original equipment parts mayalso be used for repair. These parts aretypically removed from vehicles thatwere total losses in prior crashes. Inmost cases, the parts being recycledare from undamaged sections of thevehicle. A recycled original equipmentGM part may be an acceptable choiceto maintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered by thatwarranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fit poorly,exhibit premature durability/corrosionproblems, and may not performproperly in subsequent collisions.Aftermarket parts are not covered bythe GM New Vehicle Limited

Warranty, and any vehicle failurerelated to such parts is not covered bythat warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choosea collision repair facility that meetsyour needs before you ever needcollision repairs. Your dealer may havea collision repair center withGM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or be ableto recommend a collision repair centerthat has GM-trained technicians andcomparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. There aresignificant differences in the quality ofcoverage afforded by various insurancepolicy terms. Many insurance policiesprovide reduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by using aftermarketcollision parts. Some insurancecompanies will not specify aftermarketcollision parts. When purchasinginsurance, we recommend that you

ensure that the vehicle will be repairedwith GM original equipment collisionparts. If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your current insurancecarrier, consider switching to anotherinsurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts or GenuineManufacturer replacement parts. Readthe lease carefully, as you may becharged at the end of the lease forpoor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of. Movethe vehicle only if its position puts youin danger, or you are instructed tomove it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary information topolice and other parties involved inthe crash.

For emergency towing see RoadsideService 0 342.



Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of the damageto the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility thatuses quality replacement parts. See“Collision Parts” earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 77.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommends thatyou take an active role in its repair.If you have a pre-determined repairfacility of choice, take the vehiclethere, or have it towed there. Specifyto the facility that any requiredreplacement collision parts be originalequipment parts, either new GenuineGM parts or recycled original GMparts. Remember, recycled parts willnot be covered by the GM vehiclewarranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits, yourinsurance company may initially valuethe repair using aftermarket parts.Discuss this with the repairprofessional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember, if the vehicle isleased, you may be obligated to havethe vehicle repaired with Genuine GMparts, even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurance companyis paying for the repairs, you are notobligated to accept a repair valuationbased on that insurance company'scollision policy repair limits, as youhave no contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you can havecontrol of the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

SERVICE PUBLICATIONSORDERING INFORMATION

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on the engines,transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,electrical, steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service information neededto knowledgeably service GeneralMotors cars and trucks. Each bulletincontains instructions to assist in thediagnosis and service of the vehicle.



Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intended toprovide basic operational informationabout the vehicle. The Owner Manualincludes the Maintenance Schedule forall models.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and Warranty Manual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for current andpast model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123Monday – Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PMEastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see Helm,Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

RADIO FREQUENCYSTATEMENTThis vehicle has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15/Part 18 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS TO THE UNITEDSTATES GOVERNMENTIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying GeneralMotors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS TO THECANADIAN GOVERNMENTIf you live in Canada, and you believethat the vehicle has a safety defect,notify Transport Canada immediately,and notify General Motors of CanadaCompany. Call Transport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

REPORTING SAFETYDEFECTS TO GENERALMOTORSIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Company1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



VEHICLE DATARECORDING ANDPRIVACYThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, to monitorthe conditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may store datato help the dealer technician servicethe vehicle. Some modules may alsostore data about how the vehicle isoperated, such as rate of fuelconsumption or average speed. Thesemodules may retain personalpreferences, such as radio presets, seatpositions, and temperature settings.

EVENT DATA RECORDERSThis vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main purposeof an EDR is to record, in certain crash

or near crash-like situations, such asan air bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systemsperformed. The EDR is designed torecord data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for ashort period of time, typically30 seconds or less. The EDR in thisvehicle is designed to record suchdata as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditions

and no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type of personallyidentifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information ifthey have access to the vehicle orthe EDR.

GM will not access these data or shareit with others except: with the consentof the vehicle owner or, if the vehicleis leased, with the consent of thelessee; in response to an officialrequest by police or similargovernment office; as part of GM'sdefense of litigation through thediscovery process; or, as required bylaw. Data that GM collects or receivesmay also be used for GM researchneeds or may be made available to



others for research purposes, where aneed is shown and the data is not tiedto a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

ONSTAR®

If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar®

and has an active subscription,additional data may be collectedthrough the OnStar system. Thisincludes information about thevehicle’s operation; collisions involvingthe vehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features; and, in certain situations,the location and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 357.

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEMIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.

See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


352 ONSTAR

ONSTAR

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

ONSTAR OVERVIEW

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle system thatcan connect to an OnStar Advisor forEmergency, Security, Navigation,Connections, and Diagnostics Services.OnStar services may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service, andGPS satellite signals to be availableand operating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency service providers.OnStar may collect information aboutyou and your vehicle, includinglocation information. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more details

including system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is nextto the OnStar buttons. If the statuslight is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call, or answeran incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

hotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.


ONSTAR 353

PressQ to connect to an Advisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check of thevehicle's key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan or respond toan AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severe weather orother crisis situations and findevacuation routes.

ONSTAR SERVICES

EMERGENCYEmergency Services require an active,OnStar service plan (excludes BasicPlan). With Automatic Crash Response,built-in sensors can automatically alerta specially trained OnStar Advisor whois immediately connected in to thevehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, and relayimportant information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available 24 hoursa day, 7 days a week, to provide acentral point of contact, assistance,and information during a crisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service provider tohelp with a flat tire, a battery jump,or an empty gas tank.

SECURITYIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can block theengine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can work withlaw enforcement to gradually slowthe vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover the vehicle.

NAVIGATIONOnStar navigation requires a specificOnStar service plan.


354 ONSTAR

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice Commands During aPlanned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want to canceldirections?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK,request completed, thank you,goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.” Systemresponds with the address anddistance to the destination, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directions sent tothe vehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent to thenavigation screen can only be canceledthrough the navigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

CONNECTIONSThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwords forthe Wi-Fi hotspot and RemoteLinkmobile application. Make thesepasswords different from eachother and use a combination ofletters, numbers, and symbols toincrease the security.


ONSTAR 355

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier). Thisis your network’s name that isvisible to other wireless devices.Choose a unique name and avoidfamily names or vehicledescriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fihotspot that provides access to theInternet and web content at 4G LTEspeed. Up to seven mobile devices canbe connected. A data plan is required.Use the in-vehicle controls only whenit is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot

information, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles, touchWi-Fi Settings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on some vehicles,the connection type (no Internetconnection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), andsignal quality (poor, good,excellent).

3. To change the SSID or password,

pressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTARto connect with an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile devices.Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fion or off on your mobile device, usingthe RemoteLink mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App (IfEquipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®, or Windows®

mobile devices. OnStar Subscribers canaccess the following services from amobile device:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, see www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlockthe doors or sound the horn and flashthe lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers on yourroute, help locate hotels, or book aroom. These services vary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service, whichrequires available minutes.


356 ONSTAR

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds: “OK,calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call.Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds: “OK,dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DIAGNOSTICSAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or by

pressingQ. If equipped, DiagnosticAlerts can be received in real-time viae-mail or text. The Proactive Alertsfeature (if available) can help predictand alert of potential upcomingmaintenance issues with selectcomponents on the vehicle, beforethey become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle is equippedwith a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem.


ONSTAR 357

ONSTAR ADDITIONALINFORMATIONIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQto set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan, every60 days.

. After change in ownership and at90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your OnStarservices if the vehicle is disposed of,sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response, EmergencyServices, Crisis Assist, Stolen VehicleAssistance, Advanced VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Services,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Calling areavailable on most vehicles. Not allOnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with an Advisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place where OnStarhas an agreement with a wirelessservice provider for service in thatarea. The wireless service providermust also have coverage, networkcapacity, reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar services.Service involving location informationabout the vehicle cannot work unlessGPS signals are available,unobstructed, and compatible with theOnStar hardware. OnStar services maynot work if the OnStar equipment isnot properly installed or it has notbeen properly maintained.If equipment or software is added,connected, or modified, OnStarservices may not work. Other problemsbeyond the control of OnStar — suchas hills, tall buildings, tunnels,weather, electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage tothe vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion or jamming— may prevent service.



358 ONSTAR

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., thatmeets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicateto deaf, hard-of-hearing,or speech-impaired customers while inthe vehicle. The availabledealer-installed TTY system canprovide in-vehicle access to all OnStarservices, except Virtual Advisor andOnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will need tobe changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To changethe OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar

Advisor by pressingQ or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warrantedas part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.

PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote DoorUnlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistanceafter the vehicle has been offcontinuously for 10 days without anignition cycle. If the vehicle has notbeen started for five days, OnStar can

contact Roadside Assistance or alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can occur

in a large city with tall buildings;in parking garages; aroundairports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to call OnStar.However, OnStar could havedifficulty identifying the exactlocation.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.


ONSTAR 359

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals to thevehicle. Do not place items over ornear the antenna to prevent blockingcellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverage orthe cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message may

come on. PressQ to try the call againor try again after driving a few milesinto another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service, andGPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features tofunction properly. These systems maynot operate if the battery is dischargedor disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated intothe electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electrical

equipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 245. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings that arestored in the vehicle, such as OnStarHands-Free Calling name tags, savednavigation destinations, or pre-setradio stations. Neither OnStar nor GMis responsible for any affected orerased data or settings. These updatesor changes may also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. These updatesor changes may also cause a system toautomatically communicate with GMservers to collect information about

vehicle system status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updates orchanges and agreement that eitherOnStar or GM may remotely deliverthem to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or

pressQ to speak with an Advisor.Users of wireless communications arecautioned that the privacy of anyinformation sent via wireless cellularcommunications cannot be assured.Third parties may unlawfully interceptor access transmissions and privatecommunications without consent.


360 ONSTAR

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, anddistribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is herebygranted, provided that the abovecopyright notice and this permissionnotice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “ASIS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANYKIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOTHE WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRDPARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHTHOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANYCLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHERLIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTIONOF CONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OFOR IN CONNECTION WITH THESOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHERDEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, thename of a copyright holder shall notbe used in advertising or otherwise topromote the sale, use or other dealingsin this Software without prior writtenauthorization of the copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyright andlicense, “Info-ZIP” is defined as thefollowing set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, RobertHeath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onnovan der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, KeithOwens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind, expressor implied. In no event shall Info-ZIPor its contributors be held liable forany direct, indirect, incidental, specialor consequential damages arising outof the use of or inability to use thissoftware.


ONSTAR 361

Permission is granted to anyone to usethis software for any purpose,including commercial applications, andto alter it and redistribute it freely,subject to the following restrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has not beenremoved from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing ports

with new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as being Info-ZIPreleases–including, but notlimited to, labeling of the alteredversions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but not limitedto, different capitalizations),“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permission ofInfo-ZIP. Such altered versionsare further prohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,” and“MacZip” for its own source andbinary releases.


362 INDEX

INDEX AAccessories and Modifications . . . . . 248Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . 245Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 255Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . 77Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . 78What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . 77What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . .126Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . .231

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 264Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . 203Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . 225Assistance Systems for Parkingand Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219


INDEX 363

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Battery - North America . . . . . . .263, 309Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . 264BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Bulb ReplacementBack-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

CCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 263, 309

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . 337Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127CheckMalfunction Indicator EngineLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . . . . . 86Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96, 98Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175


364 INDEX

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 119Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . . . . . 297ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . .123Engine Temperature WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . .341

Customer InformationService Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . 345Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . 164Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . 338Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 264

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 219Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . 24Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . .184If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185


INDEX 365

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . 129Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . 245Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .268Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . .272Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . .251Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . .123Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256Cooling System Messages . . . . . . . . .143Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Engine (cont'd)Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . .197Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . 164Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . 168

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . 165Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Flat Tire (cont'd)Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . .255Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . 228Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . .133Requirements, California . . . . . . . . . .235


366 INDEX

Fuel (cont'd)System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .268Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . .272Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

GaugesEngine Coolant Temperature . . . . . .123Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .323Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . 165Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 266, 267Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . .164Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . 184Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 119Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .48Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North America . . . . 309

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26


INDEX 367

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278LampsCornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . .164Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . .164Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 231Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . 233Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . 96

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . .164Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Service Electric Parking Brake . . . .130StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Lights (cont'd)Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . .91

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . 127Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59


368 INDEX

MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Battery Voltage and Charging . . . . .141Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .143Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145Object Detection System . . . . . . . . . . .145Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . 48Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . .48Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . 285

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Oil (cont'd)Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . .254Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . .122Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .84Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264


INDEX 369

Parking (cont'd)Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . .78Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 131Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . . . . . 248

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . .195Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . . . . . .71Premium Care MaintenanceCadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . .350

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . .344

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 263, 309

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . 348Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . 175Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . 219Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . 112Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . 312Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Replacing LATCH System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . .349General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . 338


370 INDEX

Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . .349General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . 344Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . 61Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . 58Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Seats (cont'd)Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . 96, 98SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Accessories and Modifications . . . .248Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . .249Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323

Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . .336Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . .344Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . 231Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . 165Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Special Application Services . . . . . . . . 330Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . 337Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . . . 150Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Steering System Messages . . . . . . . . . . 149StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Cargo Management System . . . . . . .105


INDEX 371

Storage Areas (cont'd)Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . .225Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 351Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . 341Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .58Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

Tires (cont'd)Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . .286Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . .285Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . . .297Sealant and Compressor Kit,Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278Terminology and Definitions . . . . . .281Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . .292Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . .245Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . 165


372 INDEX

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . 292Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . 159Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . .336Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . .293Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . 290Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . .90Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 264WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Date post:	17-Apr-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	2 times
Download:	0 times

MY CY Owner’s ManualEmblem, and XT5 are trademarks and/ or service marks of General Motors LLC,...

Documents